TOMOYO Linux Cross Reference
Linux/include/net/cfg80211.h

   /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
   #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
   #define __NET_CFG80211_H
   /*
    * 802.11 device and configuration interface
    *
    * Copyright 2006-2010  Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
    * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
    * Copyright 2015-2017  Intel Deutschland GmbH
   * Copyright (C) 2018-2024 Intel Corporation
   */
  
  #include <linux/ethtool.h>
  #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h>
  #include <linux/netdevice.h>
  #include <linux/debugfs.h>
  #include <linux/list.h>
  #include <linux/bug.h>
  #include <linux/netlink.h>
  #include <linux/skbuff.h>
  #include <linux/nl80211.h>
  #include <linux/if_ether.h>
  #include <linux/ieee80211.h>
  #include <linux/net.h>
  #include <linux/rfkill.h>
  #include <net/regulatory.h>
  
  /**
   * DOC: Introduction
   *
   * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
   * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
   * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
   * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
   * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
   * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
   *
   * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
   * use restrictions.
   */
  
  
  /**
   * DOC: Device registration
   *
   * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
   * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
   * described below.
   *
   * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
   * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
   * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
   * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
   * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
   * the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the
   * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
   * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
   * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
   *
   * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
   * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
   * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
   */
  
  struct wiphy;
  
  /*
   * wireless hardware capability structures
   */
  
  /**
   * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
   *
   * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
   *
   * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
   * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
   *      sending probe requests or beaconing.
   * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this
   *      channel.
   * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
   * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
   *      is not permitted.
   * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
   *      is not permitted.
   * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
   * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
   *      this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
   *      channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
   *      This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
   *      restrictions.
   * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
   *      this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
   *      channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
   *      This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
   *      restrictions.
   * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
   * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
   * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
  *      on this channel.
  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
  *      on this channel.
  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel.
  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted
  *      on this channel.
  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted
  *      on this channel.
  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted
  *      on this channel.
  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted
  *      on this channel.
  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted
  *      on this channel.
  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band,
  *      this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this
  *      channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
  *      This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
  *      restrictions.
  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel.
  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT
  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP
  *      not permitted using this channel
  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP
  *      not permitted using this channel
  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used for monitor
  *      mode even in the presence of other (regulatory) restrictions,
  *      even if it is otherwise disabled.
  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Allow using this channel for AP operation
  *      with very low power (VLP), even if otherwise set to NO_IR.
  */
 enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
         IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED                 = BIT(0),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR                    = BIT(1),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD                      = BIT(2),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR                    = BIT(3),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS              = BIT(4),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS             = BIT(5),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM                  = BIT(6),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ                 = BIT(7),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ                = BIT(8),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY              = BIT(9),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT            = BIT(10),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ                 = BIT(11),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ                 = BIT(12),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE                    = BIT(13),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ                     = BIT(14),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ                     = BIT(15),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ                     = BIT(16),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ                     = BIT(17),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ                    = BIT(18),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ                = BIT(19),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT                   = BIT(20),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT           = BIT(21),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT       = BIT(22),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT       = BIT(23),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR              = BIT(24),
         IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP        = BIT(25),
 };
 
 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
         (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
 
 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS           60000
 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS           (30 * 60 * 1000)
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
  *
  * This structure describes a single channel for use
  * with cfg80211.
  *
  * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
  * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz
  * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
  * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
  * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
  *      code to support devices with additional restrictions
  * @band: band this channel belongs to.
  * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
  * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
  * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
  * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
  *      has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
  *      to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
  * @orig_mag: internal use
  * @orig_mpwr: internal use
  * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
  *      on this channel.
  * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
  * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
  * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm)
  */
 struct ieee80211_channel {
         enum nl80211_band band;
         u32 center_freq;
         u16 freq_offset;
         u16 hw_value;
         u32 flags;
         int max_antenna_gain;
         int max_power;
         int max_reg_power;
         bool beacon_found;
         u32 orig_flags;
         int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
         enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
         unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
         unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
         s8 psd;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
  *
  * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
  * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
  * different bands/PHY modes.
  *
  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
  *      preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
  *      with CCK rates.
  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
  *      when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
  *      core code when registering the wiphy.
  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
  *      when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
  *      core code when registering the wiphy.
  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
  *      when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
  *      core code when registering the wiphy.
  * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
  */
 enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
         IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE   = BIT(0),
         IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A      = BIT(1),
         IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B      = BIT(2),
         IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G      = BIT(3),
         IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G            = BIT(4),
         IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ    = BIT(5),
         IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ   = BIT(6),
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
  *
  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
  */
 enum ieee80211_bss_type {
         IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
         IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
         IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
         IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
         IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
  *
  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
  */
 enum ieee80211_privacy {
         IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
         IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
         IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
 };
 
 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x)    \
         ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
  *
  * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
  * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
  * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
  * passed around.
  *
  * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags
  * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
  * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
  * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
  *      short preamble is used
  */
 struct ieee80211_rate {
         u32 flags;
         u16 bitrate;
         u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
  *
  * @enable: is the feature enabled.
  * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element.
  * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset
  * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
  * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
  * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by
  *      members of the SRG
  * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values
  *      used by members of the SRG
  */
 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
         bool enable;
         u8 sr_ctrl;
         u8 non_srg_max_offset;
         u8 min_offset;
         u8 max_offset;
         u8 bss_color_bitmap[8];
         u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8];
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
  *
  * @color: the current color.
  * @enabled: HE BSS color is used
  * @partial: define the AID equation.
  */
 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color {
         u8 color;
         bool enabled;
         bool partial;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
  *
  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
  * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
  *
  * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
  * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
  * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
  * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
  * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
  */
 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
         u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
         bool ht_supported;
         u8 ampdu_factor;
         u8 ampdu_density;
         struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
  *
  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
  * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
  *
  * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
  * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
  * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
  */
 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
         bool vht_supported;
         u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
         struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
 };
 
 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN          25
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
  *
  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
  * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
  *
  * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
  * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
  * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
  * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
  */
 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
         bool has_he;
         struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
         struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
         u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS
  *
  * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS
  * and NSS Set field"
  *
  * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA.
  * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz
  * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz
  * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz
  * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz
  */
 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp {
         union {
                 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz;
                 struct {
                         struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80;
                         struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160;
                         struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320;
                 } __packed bw;
         } __packed;
 } __packed;
 
 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN         32
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities
  *
  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
  * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA.
  *
  * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid.
  * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element.
  * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
  * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
  */
 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap {
         bool has_eht;
         struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem;
         struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp;
         u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
 };
 
 /* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */
 #ifdef __CHECKER__
 /*
  * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed
  * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot
  * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be
  * noisy when the pointer is used directly.
  */
 # define __iftd         __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data)))
 #else
 # define __iftd
 #endif /* __CHECKER__ */
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type
  *
  * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
  * interface types defined in @types_mask.  Each type in the
  * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
  *
  * @types_mask: interface types mask
  * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
  * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a
  *      6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value).
  * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities
  * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise
  * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data
  * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length
  */
 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
         u16 types_mask;
         struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
         struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
         struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap;
         struct {
                 const u8 *data;
                 unsigned int len;
         } vendor_elems;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
  *
  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
  *      2.16GHz+2.16GHz
  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
  *      4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
  *      4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
  *      and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
  * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
  *      2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
  */
 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
         IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4      = 4,
         IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5      = 5,
         IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6      = 6,
         IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7      = 7,
         IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8      = 8,
         IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9      = 9,
         IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10     = 10,
         IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11     = 11,
         IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12     = 12,
         IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13     = 13,
         IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14     = 14,
         IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15     = 15,
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
  *
  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
  * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
  *
  * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
  *      that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
  *      Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
  *      Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
  * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
  *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
  */
 struct ieee80211_edmg {
         u8 channels;
         enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities
  *
  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
  * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA.
  *
  * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA
  * @cap: S1G capabilities information
  * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set
  */
 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap {
         bool s1g;
         u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */
         u8 nss_mcs[5];
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
  *
  * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
  * is able to operate in.
  *
  * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with
  *      in this band.
  * @band: the band this structure represents
  * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
  * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
  *      in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
  *      rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
  * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
  * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band
  * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
  * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course)
  * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
  * @iftype_data: interface type data entries.  Note that the bits in
  *      @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
  *      one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
  *      iftype_data).
  */
 struct ieee80211_supported_band {
         struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
         struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
         enum nl80211_band band;
         int n_channels;
         int n_bitrates;
         struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
         struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
         struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap;
         struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
         u16 n_iftype_data;
         const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data;
 };
 
 /**
  * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array
  * @sband: the sband to initialize
  * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer
  * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array
  *
  * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot
  * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer
  * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used.
  */
 static inline void
 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
                                  const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd,
                                  u16 n_iftd)
 {
         sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd;
         sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd;
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array
  * @sband: the sband to initialize
  * @iftd: the iftype data array
  */
 #define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd)    \
         _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd))
 
 /**
  * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries
  * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate
  * @i: iterator counter
  * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set
  */
 #define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd)                              \
         for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i];      \
              i < (sband)->n_iftype_data;                                        \
              i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i])
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
  * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
  *
  * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
  */
 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
                                 u8 iftype)
 {
         const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data;
         int i;
 
         if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
                 return NULL;
 
         if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN)
                 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP;
 
         for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) {
                 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
                         return data;
         }
 
         return NULL;
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
  * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
  * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
  *
  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
  */
 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
                             u8 iftype)
 {
         const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
                 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
 
         if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
                 return &data->he_cap;
 
         return NULL;
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities
  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
  * @iftype: the iftype to search for
  *
  * Return: the 6GHz capabilities
  */
 static inline __le16
 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
                            enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
 {
         const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
                 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
 
         if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he))
                 return 0;
 
         return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa;
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype
  * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
  * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
  *
  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found
  */
 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap *
 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
                              enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
 {
         const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
                 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
 
         if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht)
                 return &data->eht_cap;
 
         return NULL;
 }
 
 /**
  * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
  *
  * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
  *
  * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
  * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
  * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
  *
  * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
  * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
  * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
  * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
  * without affecting other devices.
  *
  * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
  * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
  * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
  */
 #ifdef CONFIG_OF
 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 #else /* CONFIG_OF */
 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
 {
 }
 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
 
 
 /*
  * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
  */
 
 /**
  * DOC: Actions and configuration
  *
  * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
  * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
  * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
  * operations use are described separately.
  *
  * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
  * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
  *
  * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
  * in a separate chapter.
  */
 
 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
                                     WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
 
 /**
  * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
  * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
  *      %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
  * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
  * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
  *      If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
  *      determine the address as needed.
  *      This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
  *      %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag.  Others may support creating
  **     only p2p devices with specified MAC.
  * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
  *      belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
  * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
  *      MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
  */
 struct vif_params {
         u32 flags;
         int use_4addr;
         u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
         const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
         const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct key_params - key information
  *
  * Information about a key
  *
  * @key: key material
  * @key_len: length of key material
  * @cipher: cipher suite selector
  * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
  *      with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
  *      length given by @seq_len.
  * @seq_len: length of @seq.
  * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
  * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
  */
 struct key_params {
         const u8 *key;
         const u8 *seq;
         int key_len;
         int seq_len;
         u16 vlan_id;
         u32 cipher;
         enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
  * @chan: the (control) channel
  * @width: channel width
  * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
  * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
  *      (only with 80+80 MHz)
  * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
  *      If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
  *      chan will define the primary channel and all other
  *      parameters are ignored.
  * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz
  * @punctured: mask of the punctured 20 MHz subchannels, with
  *      bits turned on being disabled (punctured); numbered
  *      from lower to higher frequency (like in the spec)
  */
 struct cfg80211_chan_def {
         struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
         enum nl80211_chan_width width;
         u32 center_freq1;
         u32 center_freq2;
         struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
         u16 freq1_offset;
         u16 punctured;
 };
 
 /*
  * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
  */
 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
         struct {
                 u32 legacy;
                 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
                 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
                 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
                 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
                 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi;
                 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf;
         } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
 };
 
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration
  * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration
  *      of the peer.
  * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify
  * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed,
  *      similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp.
  * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID
  * @retry_long: retry count value
  * @retry_short: retry count value
  * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
  * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS
  * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
  * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type
  * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID
  */
 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg {
         bool config_override;
         u8 tids;
         u64 mask;
         enum nl80211_tid_config noack;
         u8 retry_long, retry_short;
         enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu;
         enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts;
         enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu;
         enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type;
         struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration
  * @peer: Station's MAC address
  * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied
  * @tid_conf: Configuration change info
  */
 struct cfg80211_tid_config {
         const u8 *peer;
         u32 n_tid_conf;
         struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf);
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data
  * @macaddr: STA MAC address
  * @kek: FILS KEK
  * @kek_len: FILS KEK length
  * @snonce: STA Nonce
  * @anonce: AP Nonce
  */
 struct cfg80211_fils_aad {
         const u8 *macaddr;
         const u8 *kek;
         u8 kek_len;
         const u8 *snonce;
         const u8 *anonce;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping
  * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all
  *      addresses.
  * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address.
  *      Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address.
  */
 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp {
         const u8 *macaddr;
         bool enable;
 };
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
  * @chandef: the channel definition
  *
  * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
  * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
  */
 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 {
         switch (chandef->width) {
         case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
                 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
         case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
                 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
         case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
                 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
                         return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
                 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
         default:
                 WARN_ON(1);
                 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
         }
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
  * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
  * @channel: the control channel
  * @chantype: the channel type
  *
  * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
  */
 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                              struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
                              enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
  * @chandef1: first channel definition
  * @chandef2: second channel definition
  *
  * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
  * identical, %false otherwise.
  */
 static inline bool
 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
                            const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
 {
         return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
                 chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
                 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
                 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset &&
                 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2 &&
                 chandef1->punctured == chandef2->punctured);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
  *
  * @chandef: the channel definition
  *
  * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
  */
 static inline bool
 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 {
         return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
  * @chandef1: first channel definition
  * @chandef2: second channel definition
  *
  * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
  * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
  */
 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
                             const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
 
 /**
  * nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz
  * @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width
  *
  * Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width
  * is valid. -1 otherwise.
  */
 int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
  * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
  */
 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
  * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
  * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
  */
 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                              const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                              u32 prohibited_flags);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
  * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
  * Returns:
  *      1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
  */
 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                   const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                                   enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we
  *                               can/need start CAC on such channel
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
  *
  * Return: true if all channels available and at least
  *         one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE)
  */
 bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                  const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given
  *                                 channel definition
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
  *
  * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition
  */
 unsigned int
 cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                               const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_chandef_primary - calculate primary 40/80/160 MHz freq
  * @chandef: chandef to calculate for
  * @primary_chan_width: primary channel width to calculate center for
  * @punctured: punctured sub-channel bitmap, will be recalculated
  *      according to the new bandwidth, can be %NULL
  *
  * Returns: the primary 40/80/160 MHz channel center frequency, or -1
  *      for errors, updating the punctured bitmap
  */
 int cfg80211_chandef_primary(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                              enum nl80211_chan_width primary_chan_width,
                              u16 *punctured);
 
 /**
  * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition.
  * @msg: the msg to send channel definition
  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
  *
  * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error
  **/
 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width
  * @width: the channel width of the channel
  *
  * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
  * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
  *
  * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width
  */
 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
 ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width)
 {
         switch (width) {
         case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
                 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
         case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
                 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
         default:
                 break;
         }
         return 0;
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
  *
  * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags().
  *
  * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
  */
 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 {
         return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
  *
  * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
  * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
  * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
  *
  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
  *
  * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
  */
 static inline int
 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 {
         switch (chandef->width) {
         case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
                 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
                            chandef->chan->max_power);
         case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
                 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
                            chandef->chan->max_power);
         default:
                 break;
         }
         return chandef->chan->max_power;
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for
  * @band_mask: which bands to check on
  * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable,
  *      %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account
  *
  * Return: %true if usable channels found, %false otherwise
  */
 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                   unsigned long band_mask,
                                   u32 prohibited_flags);
 
 /**
  * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
  *
  * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
  * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
  *
  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
  * it has filled in during the get_survey().
  */
 enum survey_info_flags {
         SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM           = BIT(0),
         SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE              = BIT(1),
         SURVEY_INFO_TIME                = BIT(2),
         SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY           = BIT(3),
         SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY       = BIT(4),
         SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX             = BIT(5),
         SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX             = BIT(6),
         SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN           = BIT(7),
         SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX         = BIT(8),
 };
 
 /**
  * struct survey_info - channel survey response
  *
  * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
  *      record to report global statistics
  * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
  * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
  *      optional
  * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
  * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
  * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
  * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
  * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
  * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
  * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
  *
  * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
  *
  * This structure can later be expanded with things like
  * channel duty cycle etc.
  */
 struct survey_info {
         struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
         u64 time;
         u64 time_busy;
         u64 time_ext_busy;
         u64 time_rx;
         u64 time_tx;
         u64 time_scan;
         u64 time_bss_rx;
         u32 filled;
         s8 noise;
 };
 
 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES     10
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
  * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
  *      (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
  * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
  * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
  * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
  * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
  * @akm_suites: AKM suites
  * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
  *      sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
  *      required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
  *      user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
  * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
  *      allowed through even on unauthorized ports
  * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
  *      protocol frames.
  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
  *      port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
  * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control
  *      port for mac80211
  * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
  * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
  *      offload)
  * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
  * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation:
  *
  *      NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED
  *        Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any
  *        preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in
  *        such a scenario.
  *
  *      NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK
  *        Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only
  *
  *      NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT
  *        Allow hash-to-element only
  *
  *      NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH
  *        Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element
  */
 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
         u32 wpa_versions;
         u32 cipher_group;
         int n_ciphers_pairwise;
         u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
         int n_akm_suites;
         u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES];
         bool control_port;
         __be16 control_port_ethertype;
         bool control_port_no_encrypt;
         bool control_port_over_nl80211;
         bool control_port_no_preauth;
         const u8 *psk;
         const u8 *sae_pwd;
         u8 sae_pwd_len;
         enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid
  *
  * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set
  * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group.
  * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode.
  */
 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config {
         struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev;
         u8 index;
         bool ema;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements
  *
  * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems.
  *
  * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames.
  * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements.
  * @elem.len: Length of data.
  */
 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems {
         u8 cnt;
         struct {
                 const u8 *data;
                 size_t len;
         } elem[] __counted_by(cnt);
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements
  *
  * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems.
  *
  * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames.
  * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements.
  * @elem.len: Length of data.
  */
 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems {
         u8 cnt;
         struct {
                 const u8 *data;
                 size_t len;
         } elem[] __counted_by(cnt);
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
  * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon
  * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
  *      or %NULL if not changed
  * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
  *      or %NULL if not changed
  * @head_len: length of @head
  * @tail_len: length of @tail
  * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
  * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
  * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
  *      frames or %NULL
  * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
  * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
  *      Response frames or %NULL
  * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
  * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
  * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
  * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements
  * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements
  * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
  *      (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
  * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
  *      (measurement type 8)
  * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
  *      Token (measurement type 11)
  * @lci_len: LCI data length
  * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
  * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings
  * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color
  *      attribute is present in beacon data or not.
  */
 struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
         unsigned int link_id;
 
         const u8 *head, *tail;
         const u8 *beacon_ies;
         const u8 *proberesp_ies;
         const u8 *assocresp_ies;
         const u8 *probe_resp;
         const u8 *lci;
         const u8 *civicloc;
         struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies;
         struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies;
         s8 ftm_responder;
 
         size_t head_len, tail_len;
         size_t beacon_ies_len;
         size_t proberesp_ies_len;
         size_t assocresp_ies_len;
         size_t probe_resp_len;
         size_t lci_len;
         size_t civicloc_len;
         struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
         bool he_bss_color_valid;
 };
 
 struct mac_address {
         u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
  *
  * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
  *      entry specified by mac_addr
  * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
  * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
  */
 struct cfg80211_acl_data {
         enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
         int n_acl_entries;
 
         /* Keep it last */
         struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries);
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
  * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
  *
  * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated.
  * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
  * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
  * @tmpl_len: Template length
  * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action
  *      frame headers.
  */
 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery {
         bool update;
         u32 min_interval;
         u32 max_interval;
         size_t tmpl_len;
         const u8 *tmpl;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe
  *      response parameters in 6GHz.
  *
  * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated.
  * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned
  *      in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive
  *      scanning
  * @tmpl_len: Template length
  * @tmpl: Template data for probe response
  */
 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp {
         bool update;
         u32 interval;
         size_t tmpl_len;
         const u8 *tmpl;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
  *
  * Used to configure an AP interface.
  *
  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
  * @beacon: beacon data
  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
  * @dtim_period: DTIM period
  * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
  *      user space)
  * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
  * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
  * @crypto: crypto settings
  * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
  * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
  * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
  * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
  *      MAC address based access control
  * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
  *      networks.
  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
  * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
  * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled)
  * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled)
  * @ht_required: stations must support HT
  * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
  * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
  * @he_required: stations must support HE
  * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE
  * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags
  * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
  * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
  * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters
  * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters
  * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid
  */
 struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
         struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
 
         struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
 
         int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
         const u8 *ssid;
         size_t ssid_len;
         enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
         struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
         bool privacy;
         enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
         enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
         int inactivity_timeout;
         u8 p2p_ctwindow;
         bool p2p_opp_ps;
         const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
         bool pbss;
         struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
 
         const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
         const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
         const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
         const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper;
         const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap;
         const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper;
         bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required;
         bool twt_responder;
         u32 flags;
         struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
         struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
         struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp;
         struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config;
 };
 
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update
  *
  * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP.
  *
  * @beacon: beacon data
  * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters
  * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters
  */
 struct cfg80211_ap_update {
         struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
         struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
         struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
  *
  * Used for channel switch
  *
  * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
  * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
  * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
  * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
  * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
  * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
  * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
  * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
  * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
  * @count: number of beacons until switch
  * @link_id: defines the link on which channel switch is expected during
  *      MLO. 0 in case of non-MLO.
  */
 struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
         struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
         struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
         const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
         const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
         unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
         unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
         struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
         bool radar_required;
         bool block_tx;
         u8 count;
         u8 link_id;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings
  *
  * Used for bss color change
  *
  * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown
  * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
  * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
  * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change
  * @count: number of beacons until the color change
  * @color: the color used after the change
  * @link_id: defines the link on which color change is expected during MLO.
  *      0 in case of non-MLO.
  */
 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings {
         struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change;
         u16 counter_offset_beacon;
         u16 counter_offset_presp;
         struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next;
         u8 count;
         u8 color;
         u8 link_id;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
  *
  * Used to pass interface combination parameters
  *
  * @radio_idx: wiphy radio index or -1 for global
  * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
  *      to use for verification
  * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
  *      width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
  *      &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
  * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
  *      type.  The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
  *      nl80211_iftype.
  * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
  *      that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
  *      the verification
  */
 struct iface_combination_params {
         int radio_idx;
         int num_different_channels;
         u8 radar_detect;
         int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
         u32 new_beacon_int;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
  *
  * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
  * for those that don't these flags will are used.
  */
 enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
         STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
         STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
         STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
 };
 
 /**
  * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
  *
  * Used to configure txpower for station.
  *
  * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
  *      is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
  *      overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
  *      power per-interface or per-station.
  * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
  *      will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
  *      %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
  *      NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
  *      per peer TPC.
  */
 struct sta_txpwr {
         s16 power;
         enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters
  *
  * Used to change and create a new link station.
  *
  * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station
  * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station)
  * @link_mac: MAC address of the link
  * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
  *      (or NULL for no change)
  * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
  * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
  * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
  * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
  * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
  * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
  * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
  * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station
  * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set
  * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station
  * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station
  * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities
  */
 struct link_station_parameters {
         const u8 *mld_mac;
         int link_id;
         const u8 *link_mac;
         const u8 *supported_rates;
         u8 supported_rates_len;
         const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
         const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
         u8 opmode_notif;
         bool opmode_notif_used;
         const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
         u8 he_capa_len;
         struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
         bool txpwr_set;
         const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa;
         const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa;
         u8 eht_capa_len;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters
  *
  * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations).
  *
  * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station
  * @link_id: the link id
  */
 struct link_station_del_parameters {
         const u8 *mld_mac;
         u32 link_id;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters
  *
  * Used for setting a TID to link mapping.
  *
  * @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314
  *     (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
  * @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314
  *     (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
  */
 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params {
         u16 dlink[8];
         u16 ulink[8];
 };
 
 /**
  * struct station_parameters - station parameters
  *
  * Used to change and create a new station.
  *
  * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
  * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
  *      (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
  * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
  *      (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
  * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
  * @aid: AID or zero for no change
  * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
  * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
  * @plink_action: plink action to take
  * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
  *      as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
  * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
  *      QoS info field (but already shifted down)
  * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
  *      (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
  *      see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
  * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
  *      to unknown)
  * @capability: station capability
  * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
  * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
  * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
  * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
  * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
  * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
  * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
  * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
  * @link_sta_params: link related params.
  */
 struct station_parameters {
         struct net_device *vlan;
         u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
         u32 sta_modify_mask;
         int listen_interval;
         u16 aid;
         u16 vlan_id;
         u16 peer_aid;
         u8 plink_action;
         u8 plink_state;
         u8 uapsd_queues;
         u8 max_sp;
         enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
         u16 capability;
         const u8 *ext_capab;
         u8 ext_capab_len;
         const u8 *supported_channels;
         u8 supported_channels_len;
         const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
         u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
         int support_p2p_ps;
         u16 airtime_weight;
         struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
  *
  * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
  *
  * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
  * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
  *      (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
  * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
  * @link_id: Link ID indicating a link that stations to be flushed must be
  *      using; valid only for MLO, but can also be -1 for MLO to really
  *      remove all stations.
  */
 struct station_del_parameters {
         const u8 *mac;
         u8 subtype;
         u16 reason_code;
         int link_id;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
  *      unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
  *      the AP MLME in the device
  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
  * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
  *      while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
  *      being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
  *      supported/used)
  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
  *      entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
  */
 enum cfg80211_station_type {
         CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
         CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
         CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
         CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
         CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
         CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
         CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
         CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
         CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
 };
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
  * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
  * @params: the new parameters for a station
  * @statype: the type of station being modified
  *
  * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
  * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
  * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable.
  *
  * Return: 0 if the change is acceptable, otherwise an error code. Note that
  * it may modify the parameters for backward compatibility reasons, so don't
  * use them before calling this.
  */
 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                   struct station_parameters *params,
                                   enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
 
 /**
  * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags
  *
  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
  *
  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS
  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information
  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS
  */
 enum rate_info_flags {
         RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS                     = BIT(0),
         RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS                 = BIT(1),
         RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI                = BIT(2),
         RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG                     = BIT(3),
         RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS                  = BIT(4),
         RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG                    = BIT(5),
         RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG         = BIT(6),
         RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS                 = BIT(7),
         RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS                 = BIT(8),
 };
 
 /**
  * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
  *
  * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
  *
  * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
  * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
  * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
  * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
  * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
  * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
  * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
  * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth
  * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation
  * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth
  * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth
  * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth
  * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth
  * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth
  */
 enum rate_info_bw {
         RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
         RATE_INFO_BW_5,
         RATE_INFO_BW_10,
         RATE_INFO_BW_40,
         RATE_INFO_BW_80,
         RATE_INFO_BW_160,
         RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
         RATE_INFO_BW_320,
         RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU,
         RATE_INFO_BW_1,
         RATE_INFO_BW_2,
         RATE_INFO_BW_4,
         RATE_INFO_BW_8,
         RATE_INFO_BW_16,
 };
 
 /**
  * struct rate_info - bitrate information
  *
  * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
  *
  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
  * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
  * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate
  * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
  * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
  * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
  * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
  * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
  *      only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
  * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
  * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
  * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc,
  *      only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU)
  */
 struct rate_info {
         u16 flags;
         u16 legacy;
         u8 mcs;
         u8 nss;
         u8 bw;
         u8 he_gi;
         u8 he_dcm;
         u8 he_ru_alloc;
         u8 n_bonded_ch;
         u8 eht_gi;
         u8 eht_ru_alloc;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags
  *
  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
  *
  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
  */
 enum bss_param_flags {
         BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT        = BIT(0),
         BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE  = BIT(1),
         BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2),
 };
 
 /**
  * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
  *
  * Information about the currently associated BSS
  *
  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
  * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
  */
 struct sta_bss_parameters {
         u8 flags;
         u8 dtim_period;
         u16 beacon_interval;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
  *      indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
  * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
  * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
  * @flows: number of new flows seen
  * @drops: total number of packets dropped
  * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
  * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
  * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
  * @collisions: number of hash collisions
  * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
  * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
  * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
  */
 struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
         u32 filled;
         u32 backlog_bytes;
         u32 backlog_packets;
         u32 flows;
         u32 drops;
         u32 ecn_marks;
         u32 overlimit;
         u32 overmemory;
         u32 collisions;
         u32 tx_bytes;
         u32 tx_packets;
         u32 max_flows;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
  *      indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
  * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
  * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
  * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
  *      transmitted MSDUs
  * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
  * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
  */
 struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
         u32 filled;
         u64 rx_msdu;
         u64 tx_msdu;
         u64 tx_msdu_retries;
         u64 tx_msdu_failed;
         struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
 };
 
 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS    4
 
 /**
  * struct station_info - station information
  *
  * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
  *
  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
  *      indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
  * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
  * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
  * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
  * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
  * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
  * @llid: mesh local link id
  * @plid: mesh peer link id
  * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
  * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
  *      For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
  * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
  *      For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
  * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
  * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
  * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
  * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
  * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
  * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
  * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
  * @rx_dropped_misc:  Dropped for un-specified reason.
  * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
  *      This number should increase every time the list of stations
  *      changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
  *      userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
  * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
  *      This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
  *      user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
  *      the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
  * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
  * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
  * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
  * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
  * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
  * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
  * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
  * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
  *      towards this station.
  * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
  * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
  *      from this peer
  * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
  * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
  * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
  * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
  * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
  *      (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
  *      Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
  * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
  *      been sent.
  * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
  * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
  *      an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
  *      received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
  * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
  * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server
  * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled
  *      by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP
  *      MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this
  *      information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and
  *      dump_station() callbacks.
  * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station
  *      completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO
  *      and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD.
  * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station.
  *      For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros.
  * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response.
  *      This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user
  *      space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the
  *      cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't
  *      fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and
  *      dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine
  *      the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station.
  * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets.
  */
 struct station_info {
         u64 filled;
         u32 connected_time;
         u32 inactive_time;
         u64 assoc_at;
         u64 rx_bytes;
         u64 tx_bytes;
         u16 llid;
         u16 plid;
         u8 plink_state;
         s8 signal;
         s8 signal_avg;
 
         u8 chains;
         s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
         s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
 
         struct rate_info txrate;
         struct rate_info rxrate;
         u32 rx_packets;
         u32 tx_packets;
         u32 tx_retries;
         u32 tx_failed;
         u32 rx_dropped_misc;
         struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
         struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
 
         int generation;
 
         const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
         size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
 
         u32 beacon_loss_count;
         s64 t_offset;
         enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
         enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
         enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
 
         u32 expected_throughput;
 
         u64 tx_duration;
         u64 rx_duration;
         u64 rx_beacon;
         u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
         u8 connected_to_gate;
 
         struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
         s8 ack_signal;
         s8 avg_ack_signal;
 
         u16 airtime_weight;
 
         u32 rx_mpdu_count;
         u32 fcs_err_count;
 
         u32 airtime_link_metric;
 
         u8 connected_to_as;
 
         bool mlo_params_valid;
         u8 assoc_link_id;
         u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
         const u8 *assoc_resp_ies;
         size_t assoc_resp_ies_len;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit
  * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm
  * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to
  */
 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs {
         s32 power;
         u32 freq_range_index;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs
  * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types
  * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs
  * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs
  */
 struct cfg80211_sar_specs {
         enum nl80211_sar_type type;
         u32 num_sub_specs;
         struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[] __counted_by(num_sub_specs);
 };
 
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges
  * @start_freq:  start range edge frequency
  * @end_freq:    end range edge frequency
  */
 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges {
         u32 start_freq;
         u32 end_freq;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability
  * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types
  * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges
  * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges.
  *
  * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing
  * range to small ones and then append them.
  */
 struct cfg80211_sar_capa {
         enum nl80211_sar_type type;
         u32 num_freq_ranges;
         const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges;
 };
 
 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
 /**
  * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
  * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
  * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
  * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
  *
  * Return: 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
  * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
  * considered undefined.
  */
 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
                          struct station_info *sinfo);
 #else
 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
                                        const u8 *mac_addr,
                                        struct station_info *sinfo)
 {
         return -ENOENT;
 }
 #endif
 
 /**
  * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
  *
  * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
  * according to the nl80211 flags.
  *
  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
  * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
  * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
  * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
  * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
  * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
  */
 enum monitor_flags {
         MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED            = BIT(__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID),
         MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL            = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL),
         MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL           = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL),
         MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL            = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL),
         MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS          = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS),
         MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES        = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES),
         MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE             = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE),
 };
 
 /**
  * enum mpath_info_flags -  mesh path information flags
  *
  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
  * in during get_station() or dump_station().
  *
  * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
  * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
  * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
  * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
  * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
  * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
  * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
  */
 enum mpath_info_flags {
         MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN           = BIT(0),
         MPATH_INFO_SN                   = BIT(1),
         MPATH_INFO_METRIC               = BIT(2),
         MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME              = BIT(3),
         MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT    = BIT(4),
         MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES    = BIT(5),
         MPATH_INFO_FLAGS                = BIT(6),
         MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT            = BIT(7),
         MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE          = BIT(8),
 };
 
 /**
  * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
  *
  * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
  *
  * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
  * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
  * @sn: target sequence number
  * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
  * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
  * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags
  * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
  * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
  *      This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
  *      changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
  *      userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
  * @hop_count: hops to destination
  * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
  */
 struct mpath_info {
         u32 filled;
         u32 frame_qlen;
         u32 sn;
         u32 metric;
         u32 exptime;
         u32 discovery_timeout;
         u8 discovery_retries;
         u8 flags;
         u8 hop_count;
         u32 path_change_count;
 
         int generation;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
  *
  * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
  *
  * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD
  * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
  *      (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
  * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
  *      (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
  * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
  *      (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
  * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
  *      (or NULL for no change)
  * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
  * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
  *      (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
  * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
  *      (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
  */
 struct bss_parameters {
         int link_id;
         int use_cts_prot;
         int use_short_preamble;
         int use_short_slot_time;
         const u8 *basic_rates;
         u8 basic_rates_len;
         int ap_isolate;
         int ht_opmode;
         s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
  *
  * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
  *
  * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
  *      by the Mesh Peering Open message
  * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
  *      used by the Mesh Peering Open message
  * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
  *      the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
  * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
  *      mesh interface
  * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
  *      be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
  * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
  * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
  *      elements
  * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
  *      detect compatible mesh peers
  * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
  *      synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
  * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
  *      that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
  * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
  * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
  *      a path discovery in milliseconds
  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
  *      receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
  *      root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
  * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
  *      which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
  *      element
  * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
  *      which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
  *      element
  * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
  *      it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
  * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
  * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
  *      announcements are transmitted
  * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
  *      station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
  *      missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
  *      only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
  *      not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
  *      same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
  * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
  *      entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
  * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
  *      station to establish a peer link
  * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
  *
  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
  *      receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
  *      the root mesh STA to be valid.
  *
  * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
  *      PREQs are transmitted.
  * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
  *      during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
  *      a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
  * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
  *      setting for new peer links.
  * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
  *      after transmitting its beacon.
  * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
  *      peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
  *      from the STA's list of peers.  Default is 30 minutes.
  * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA
  *      will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
  *      in the mesh formation field.
  * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
  *      connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info.  If false, the
  *      value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
  *      in the mesh path table
  * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP
  *      for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might
  *      not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So
  *      if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
  *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
  */
 struct mesh_config {
         u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
         u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
         u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
         u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
         u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
         u8 dot11MeshTTL;
         u8 element_ttl;
         bool auto_open_plinks;
         u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
         u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
         u32 path_refresh_time;
         u16 min_discovery_timeout;
         u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
         u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
         u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
         u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
         u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
         bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
         bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer;
         u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
         bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
         bool dot11MeshForwarding;
         s32 rssi_threshold;
         u16 ht_opmode;
         u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
         u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
         u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
         enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
         u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
         u32 plink_timeout;
         bool dot11MeshNolearn;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
  * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
  * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
  * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
  * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
  * @path_metric: which metric to use
  * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
  * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
  * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
  * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
  * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
  * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
  * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
  * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
  * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
  *      changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
  *      to operate on DFS channels.
  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
  *      port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
  *
  * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
  */
 struct mesh_setup {
         struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
         const u8 *mesh_id;
         u8 mesh_id_len;
         u8 sync_method;
         u8 path_sel_proto;
         u8 path_metric;
         u8 auth_id;
         const u8 *ie;
         u8 ie_len;
         bool is_authenticated;
         bool is_secure;
         bool user_mpm;
         u8 dtim_period;
         u16 beacon_interval;
         int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
         u32 basic_rates;
         struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
         bool userspace_handles_dfs;
         bool control_port_over_nl80211;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
  *
  * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
  */
 struct ocb_setup {
         struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
  * @ac: AC identifier
  * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
  * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
  *      1..32767]
  * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
  *      1..32767]
  * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
  * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD
  */
 struct ieee80211_txq_params {
         enum nl80211_ac ac;
         u16 txop;
         u16 cwmin;
         u16 cwmax;
         u8 aifs;
         int link_id;
 };
 
 /**
  * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
  *
  * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
  * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
  * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
  * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
  * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
  * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
  * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
  * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
  * in the wiphy structure.
  *
  * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
  * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
  * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
  *
  * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
  * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
  * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
  * to userspace.
  */
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
  * @ssid: the SSID
  * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
  */
 struct cfg80211_ssid {
         u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
         u8 ssid_len;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
  * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
  *      wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
  *      information is not available, this field is left zero.
  * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
  * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
  *      userspace will be notified of that
  */
 struct cfg80211_scan_info {
         u64 scan_start_tsf;
         u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
         bool aborted;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only
  *
  * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for
  * @bssid: bssid to scan for
  * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request
  *       which the above info is relevant to
  * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU
  * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used
  * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait
  *       20 TUs before starting to send probe requests.
  * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value.
  */
 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params {
         u32 short_ssid;
         u32 channel_idx;
         u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
         bool unsolicited_probe;
         bool short_ssid_valid;
         bool psc_no_listen;
         s8 psd_20;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
  *
  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
  * @channels: channels to scan on.
  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
  * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
  *      %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
  *      the actual dwell time may be shorter.
  * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
  *      %duration field.
  * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags
  * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
  * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
  * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
  * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
  * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
  * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
  *      are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
  *      be taken from the @mac_addr
  * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only,
  *      true if this is the second scan request
  * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params
  * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params
  * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
  * @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be
  *      used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference.
  */
 struct cfg80211_scan_request {
         struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
         int n_ssids;
         u32 n_channels;
         const u8 *ie;
         size_t ie_len;
         u16 duration;
         bool duration_mandatory;
         u32 flags;
 
         u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
 
         struct wireless_dev *wdev;
 
         u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
         u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
         u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
 
         /* internal */
         struct wiphy *wiphy;
         unsigned long scan_start;
         struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
         bool notified;
         bool no_cck;
         bool scan_6ghz;
         u32 n_6ghz_params;
         struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params;
         s8 tsf_report_link_id;
 
         /* keep last */
         struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels);
 };
 
 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
 {
         int i;
 
         get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
         for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
                 buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
                 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
         }
 }
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
  *
  * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
  *      or no match (RSSI only)
  * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
  *      or no match (RSSI only)
  * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
  */
 struct cfg80211_match_set {
         struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
         u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
         s32 rssi_thold;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
  *
  * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
  * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
  *      infinite loop.
  *      The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
  *      all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
  */
 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
         u32 interval;
         u32 iterations;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
  *
  * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
  * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
  */
 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
         enum nl80211_band band;
         s8 delta;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
  *
  * @reqid: identifies this request.
  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
  * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags
  * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
  *      entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
  *      (others are filtered out).
  *      If omitted, all results are passed.
  * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
  * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
  * @dev: the interface
  * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
  * @channels: channels to scan
  * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
  *      contains the minimum over all matchsets
  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
  *      are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
  *      be taken from the @mac_addr
  * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
  *      index must be executed first.
  * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
  * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
  * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
  *      owned by a particular socket)
  * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
  * @list: for keeping list of requests.
  * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
  *      cycle.  The driver may ignore this parameter and start
  *      immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
  *      supported.
  * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
  * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
  *      reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
  *      to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
  *      The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
  * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
  *      to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
  *      using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
  *      belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
  *      comparisons.
  */
 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
         u64 reqid;
         struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
         int n_ssids;
         u32 n_channels;
         const u8 *ie;
         size_t ie_len;
         u32 flags;
         struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
         int n_match_sets;
         s32 min_rssi_thold;
         u32 delay;
         struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
         int n_scan_plans;
 
         u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
         u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
 
         bool relative_rssi_set;
         s8 relative_rssi;
         struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
 
         /* internal */
         struct wiphy *wiphy;
         struct net_device *dev;
         unsigned long scan_start;
         bool report_results;
         struct rcu_head rcu_head;
         u32 owner_nlportid;
         bool nl_owner_dead;
         struct list_head list;
 
         /* keep last */
         struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels);
 };
 
 /**
  * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
  *
  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
  */
 enum cfg80211_signal_type {
         CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
         CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
         CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
  * @chan: channel the frame was received on
  * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
  *      signal type
  * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
  *      received; should match the time when the frame was actually
  *      received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
  *      buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
  *      If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
  *      ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
  * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
  *      timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
  *      by %parent_bssid.
  * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
  *      the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
  * @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is
  *      %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL.
  * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see
  *      &enum nl80211_bss_use_for
  * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect,
  *      if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for
  *      unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons
  * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss
  */
 struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
         struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
         s32 signal;
         u64 boottime_ns;
         u64 parent_tsf;
         u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
         u8 chains;
         s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
 
         u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7;
         u8 cannot_use_reasons;
 
         void *drv_data;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
  * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
  * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
  * @len: length of the IEs
  * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
  * @data: IE data
  */
 struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
         u64 tsf;
         struct rcu_head rcu_head;
         int len;
         bool from_beacon;
         u8 data[];
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
  *
  * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
  * for use in scan results and similar.
  *
  * @channel: channel this BSS is on
  * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
  * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
  * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
  *      are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
  *      proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
  *      received. It is always non-%NULL.
  * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
  *      (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
  *      own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
  *      @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
  * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
  * @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame,
  *      cannot rely on it having valid data
  * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
  *      a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
  *      that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
  *      points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
  * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
  *      non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
  * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
  *      (multi-BSSID support)
  * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
  * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
  * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
  * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see
  *      &enum nl80211_bss_use_for
  * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect,
  *      if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for
  *      unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons
  * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
  */
 struct cfg80211_bss {
         struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
 
         const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
         const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
         const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
 
         struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
         struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
         struct list_head nontrans_list;
 
         s32 signal;
 
         u16 beacon_interval;
         u16 capability;
 
         u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
         u8 chains;
         s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
 
         u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1;
 
         u8 bssid_index;
         u8 max_bssid_indicator;
 
         u8 use_for;
         u8 cannot_use_reasons;
 
         u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
 };
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
  * @bss: the bss to search
  * @id: the element ID
  *
  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
  * Return: %NULL if not found.
  */
 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
  * @bss: the bss to search
  * @id: the element ID
  *
  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
  * Return: %NULL if not found.
  */
 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
 {
         return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
 }
 
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
  *
  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
  * authentication.
  *
  * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
  *      to it if it needs to keep it.
  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
  * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
  *      the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
  *      Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
  *      transaction sequence number field.
  * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
  * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD,
  *      the interface address is included as the MLD address and the
  *      necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and
  *      given an MLD address) by the driver
  * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with
  *      an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0
  */
 struct cfg80211_auth_request {
         struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
         const u8 *ie;
         size_t ie_len;
         enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
         const u8 *key;
         u8 key_len;
         s8 key_idx;
         const u8 *auth_data;
         size_t auth_data_len;
         s8 link_id;
         const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association
  * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss;
  *      if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested
  * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link
  * @elems_len: length of the elements
  * @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it
  *      should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD.
  * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the
  *      operation as a whole must fail.
  */
 struct cfg80211_assoc_link {
         struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
         const u8 *elems;
         size_t elems_len;
         bool disabled;
         int error;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
  *
  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT:  Disable HT (802.11n)
  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT:  Disable VHT
  * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
  * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
  *      authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
  *      userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
  *      request (connect callback).
  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE:  Disable HE
  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT:  Disable EHT
  * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links.
  *      Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this
  *      flag is not set.
  * @ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs will be used on this connection (if any)
  */
 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
         ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT                    = BIT(0),
         ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT                   = BIT(1),
         ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM                       = BIT(2),
         CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT       = BIT(3),
         ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE                    = BIT(4),
         ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT                   = BIT(5),
         CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT                 = BIT(6),
         ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU                     = BIT(7),
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
  *
  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
  * (re)association.
  * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
  *      given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
  *      or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
  *      association requests while already associating must be rejected.
  *      This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead
  *      of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations.
  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
  * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
  * @crypto: crypto settings
  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
  *      to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
  *      do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
  *      the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
  *      included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
  *      frame.
  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
  *      will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
  * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
  * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
  * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
  *      %NULL if FILS is not used.
  * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
  * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
  *      Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
  *      with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
  * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override
  * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask
  * @links: per-link information for MLO connections
  * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates
  *      the link on which the association request should be sent
  * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request,
  *      valid iff @link_id >= 0
  */
 struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
         struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
         const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
         size_t ie_len;
         struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
         bool use_mfp;
         u32 flags;
         struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
         struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
         struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
         const u8 *fils_kek;
         size_t fils_kek_len;
         const u8 *fils_nonces;
         struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask;
         struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
         const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
         s8 link_id;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
  *
  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
  * deauthentication.
  *
  * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from
  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
  * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
  * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
  *      do not set a deauth frame
  */
 struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
         const u8 *bssid;
         const u8 *ie;
         size_t ie_len;
         u16 reason_code;
         bool local_state_change;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
  *
  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
  * disassociation.
  *
  * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from
  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
  * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
  * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
  *      Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
  */
 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
         const u8 *ap_addr;
         const u8 *ie;
         size_t ie_len;
         u16 reason_code;
         bool local_state_change;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
  *
  * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
  * method.
  *
  * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
  * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
  * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
  *      search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
  * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
  * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
  *      IBSSs to join on other channels.
  * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
  * @ie_len: length of that
  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
  * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
  *      after joining
  * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
  *      sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
  *      required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
  *      user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
  *      port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
  *      changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
  *      to operate on DFS channels.
  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
  * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
  *      will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
  * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
  *      CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
  * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
  */
 struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
         const u8 *ssid;
         const u8 *bssid;
         struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
         const u8 *ie;
         u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
         u16 beacon_interval;
         u32 basic_rates;
         bool channel_fixed;
         bool privacy;
         bool control_port;
         bool control_port_over_nl80211;
         bool userspace_handles_dfs;
         int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
         struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
         struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
         struct key_params *wep_keys;
         int wep_tx_key;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
  *
  * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
  * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
  * @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
  * @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
  */
 struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
         enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
         union {
                 enum nl80211_band band_pref;
                 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
         } param;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
  *
  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
  * authentication and association.
  *
  * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
  *      on scan results)
  * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
  *      %NULL if not specified
  * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
  *      results)
  * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
  *      %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
  *      allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
  *      to use.
  * @ssid: SSID
  * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
  * @ie: IEs for association request
  * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
  * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
  * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
  * @crypto: crypto settings
  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
  * @bg_scan_period:  Background scan period in seconds
  *      or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
  *      will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
  * @vht_capa:  VHT Capability overrides
  * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
  * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
  *      networks.
  * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
  *      to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
  *      do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
  *      the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
  *      included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
  *      frame.
  * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
  *      NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
  *      data IE.
  * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
  * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
  *      %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
  *      is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
  * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
  * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
  *      messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
  * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
  *      keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
  * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
  * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
  *      offload of 4-way handshake.
  * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
  *      This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
  *      to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
  */
 struct cfg80211_connect_params {
         struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
         struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
         const u8 *bssid;
         const u8 *bssid_hint;
         const u8 *ssid;
         size_t ssid_len;
         enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
         const u8 *ie;
         size_t ie_len;
         bool privacy;
         enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
         struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
         const u8 *key;
         u8 key_len, key_idx;
         u32 flags;
         int bg_scan_period;
         struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
         struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
         struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
         struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
         bool pbss;
         struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
         const u8 *prev_bssid;
         const u8 *fils_erp_username;
         size_t fils_erp_username_len;
         const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
         size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
         u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
         const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
         size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
         bool want_1x;
         struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
  *
  * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
  * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
  *
  * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
  * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
  *      username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
  * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
  */
 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
         UPDATE_ASSOC_IES                = BIT(0),
         UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO            = BIT(1),
         UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE                = BIT(2),
 };
 
 /**
  * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
  * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
  * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
  * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
  */
 enum wiphy_params_flags {
         WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT         = BIT(0),
         WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG          = BIT(1),
         WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD      = BIT(2),
         WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD       = BIT(3),
         WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS      = BIT(4),
         WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK             = BIT(5),
         WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT           = BIT(6),
         WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT    = BIT(7),
         WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM         = BIT(8),
 };
 
 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT        256
 
 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */
 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L       5000
 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H       12000
 
 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */
 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD                 24000
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
  *
  * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
  * caching.
  *
  * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
  * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
  *      derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
  * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
  *      the hash algorithm used to generate this.
  * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
  *      cache identifier (may be %NULL).
  * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
  * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
  *      scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
  *      %NULL).
  * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds
  *      (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified.
  *      The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after
  *      expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on
  *      expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK
  *      used for it expires.
  * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of
  *      PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified.
  *      Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using
  *      this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this
  *      threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires.
  */
 struct cfg80211_pmksa {
         const u8 *bssid;
         const u8 *pmkid;
         const u8 *pmk;
         size_t pmk_len;
         const u8 *ssid;
         size_t ssid_len;
         const u8 *cache_id;
         u32 pmk_lifetime;
         u8 pmk_reauth_threshold;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
  * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
  *      one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
  * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
  * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
  * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
  *
  * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
  * memory, free @mask only!
  */
 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
         const u8 *mask, *pattern;
         int pattern_len;
         int pkt_offset;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
  *
  * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
  * @src: source IP address
  * @dst: destination IP address
  * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
  * @src_port: source port
  * @dst_port: destination port
  * @payload_len: data payload length
  * @payload: data payload buffer
  * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
  * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
  * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
  * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
  * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
  * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
  * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
  */
 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
         struct socket *sock;
         __be32 src, dst;
         u16 src_port, dst_port;
         u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
         int payload_len;
         const u8 *payload;
         struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
         u32 data_interval;
         u32 wake_len;
         const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
         u32 tokens_size;
         /* must be last, variable member */
         struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
  *
  * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
  * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
  *      operating as normal during suspend
  * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
  * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
  * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
  * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
  * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
  * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
  * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
  * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
  *      NULL if not configured.
  * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
  */
 struct cfg80211_wowlan {
         bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
              eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
              rfkill_release;
         struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
         struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
         int n_patterns;
         struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
  *
  * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
  * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
  * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
  *      see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
  * @patterns: array of packet patterns
  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
  */
 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
         int delay;
         enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
         struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
         int n_patterns;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
  *
  * This structure defines coalescing settings.
  * @rules: array of coalesce rules
  * @n_rules: number of rules
  */
 struct cfg80211_coalesce {
         int n_rules;
         struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules rules[] __counted_by(n_rules);
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
  *
  * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
  * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred.  This
  *      value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
  * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
  *      occurred (in MHz)
  */
 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
         struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
         int n_channels;
         u32 channels[] __counted_by(n_channels);
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
  *
  * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
  *      @matches.  This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
  *      match information.
  * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
  *      the matches that triggered the wake up.
  */
 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
         int n_matches;
         struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[] __counted_by(n_matches);
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
  * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
  * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
  * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
  * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
  * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
  * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
  * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
  * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
  * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
  * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
  * @packet_80211:  For pattern match, magic packet and other data
  *      frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
  *      disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
  *      it is.
  * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
  * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
  * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
  * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
  * @unprot_deauth_disassoc: woke up due to unprotected deauth or
  *      disassoc frame (in MFP).
  */
 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
         bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
              eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
              rfkill_release, packet_80211,
              tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens,
              unprot_deauth_disassoc;
         s32 pattern_idx;
         u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
         const void *packet;
         struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
  * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes)
  * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes)
  * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
  * @kek_len: length of kek
  * @kck_len: length of kck
  * @akm: akm (oui, id)
  */
 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
         const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
         u32 akm;
         u8 kek_len, kck_len;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
  *
  * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
  *
  * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
  * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
  * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
  */
 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
         u16 md;
         const u8 *ie;
         size_t ie_len;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
  *
  * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
  *
  * @chan: channel to use
  * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required
  * @wait: duration for ROC
  * @buf: buffer to transmit
  * @len: buffer length
  * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
  * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
  * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
  * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
  * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note
  *      that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the
  *      link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA)
  */
 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
         struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
         bool offchan;
         unsigned int wait;
         const u8 *buf;
         size_t len;
         bool no_cck;
         bool dont_wait_for_ack;
         int n_csa_offsets;
         const u16 *csa_offsets;
         int link_id;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
  *
  * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
  * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
  */
 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
         u8 dscp;
         u8 up;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
  *
  * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
  * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
  */
 struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
         u8 low;
         u8 high;
 };
 
 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX        21
 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN       16
 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
         (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
  *
  * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
  *
  * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
  * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
  *      the user priority DSCP range definition
  * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
  */
 struct cfg80211_qos_map {
         u8 num_des;
         struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
         struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
  *
  * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
  *
  * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
  * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
  *      For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
  *      (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
  */
 struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
         u8 master_pref;
         u8 bands;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
  * configuration
  *
  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
  */
 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
         CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
         CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
  *
  * @filter: the content of the filter
  * @len: the length of the filter
  */
 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
         const u8 *filter;
         u8 len;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
  *
  * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
  * @service_id: the service ID of the function
  * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
  * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
  *      implementation specific.
  * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
  * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
  * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
  * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up
  * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
  * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
  * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
  * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
  * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
  * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
  * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
  * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
  * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
  * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
  * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
  * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
  * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
  * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
  * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
  */
 struct cfg80211_nan_func {
         enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
         u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
         u8 publish_type;
         bool close_range;
         bool publish_bcast;
         bool subscribe_active;
         u8 followup_id;
         u8 followup_reqid;
         struct mac_address followup_dest;
         u32 ttl;
         const u8 *serv_spec_info;
         u8 serv_spec_info_len;
         bool srf_include;
         const u8 *srf_bf;
         u8 srf_bf_len;
         u8 srf_bf_idx;
         struct mac_address *srf_macs;
         int srf_num_macs;
         struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
         struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
         u8 num_tx_filters;
         u8 num_rx_filters;
         u8 instance_id;
         u64 cookie;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
  *
  * @aa: authenticator address
  * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
  * @pmk: the PMK material
  * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
  *      is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
  *      holds PMK-R0.
  */
 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
         const u8 *aa;
         u8 pmk_len;
         const u8 *pmk;
         const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
  *
  * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
  *
  * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
  *      for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
  * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
  *      to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
  *      authentication response command interface.
  * @ssid: SSID of the AP.  Used by both the authentication request event and
  *      authentication response command interface.
  * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
  *      authentication request event interface.
  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
  *      use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
  *      the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
  *      response command interface (user space to driver).
  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
  * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event
  *      interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication
  *      offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT
  *      flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space
  *      supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload.
  *      User space should use the address of the interface (on which the
  *      authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space
  *      and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of
  *      authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver
  *      translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link
  *      chosen for the authentication.
  */
 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
         enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
         u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
         struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
         unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
         u16 status;
         const u8 *pmkid;
         u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
  *
  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
  *      indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
  * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
  *      answered
  * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
  *      successfully answered
  * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
  * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
  * @non_asap_num: number of  non-ASAP FTM sessions
  * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
  *      of how much time the responder was busy
  * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
  *      initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
  *      the responder
  * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
  *      for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
  * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
  */
 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
         u32 filled;
         u32 success_num;
         u32 partial_num;
         u32 failed_num;
         u32 asap_num;
         u32 non_asap_num;
         u64 total_duration_ms;
         u32 unknown_triggers_num;
         u32 reschedule_requests_num;
         u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
  * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
  *      %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
  *      reason than just "failure"
  * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
  *      in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
  * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
  * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
  * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
  *      fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
  *      by the responder
  * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
  * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
  * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
  * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
  * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
  * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
  * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
  * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
  * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
  * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
  * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
  * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
  * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
  *      the square root of the variance)
  * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
  * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
  *      (must have either this or @rtt_avg)
  * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
  * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
  * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
  * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
  * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
  * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
  * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
  * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
  * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
  * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
  * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
  * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
  * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
  * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
  */
 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
         const u8 *lci;
         const u8 *civicloc;
         unsigned int lci_len;
         unsigned int civicloc_len;
         enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
         u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
         s16 burst_index;
         u8 busy_retry_time;
         u8 num_bursts_exp;
         u8 burst_duration;
         u8 ftms_per_burst;
         s32 rssi_avg;
         s32 rssi_spread;
         struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
         s64 rtt_avg;
         s64 rtt_variance;
         s64 rtt_spread;
         s64 dist_avg;
         s64 dist_variance;
         s64 dist_spread;
 
         u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
             num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
             rssi_avg_valid:1,
             rssi_spread_valid:1,
             tx_rate_valid:1,
             rx_rate_valid:1,
             rtt_avg_valid:1,
             rtt_variance_valid:1,
             rtt_spread_valid:1,
             dist_avg_valid:1,
             dist_variance_valid:1,
             dist_spread_valid:1;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
  * @addr: address of the peer
  * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
  *      measurement was made)
  * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
  * @status: status of the measurement
  * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
  *      reporting partial results always set this flag
  * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
  * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
  *      one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
  *      they're all aggregated for userspace.
  * @ftm: FTM result
  */
 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
         u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
         enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
 
         u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
 
         u8 final:1,
            ap_tsf_valid:1;
 
         enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
 
         union {
                 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
         };
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
  * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
  * @preamble: frame preamble to use
  * @burst_period: burst period to use
  * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
  * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
  * @burst_duration: burst duration
  * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
  * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
  * @request_lci: request LCI information
  * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
  * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement
  *               If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
  *               EDCA based ranging will be used.
  * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement
  *               If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
  *               EDCA based ranging will be used.
  * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either
  *               @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set.
  * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to
  *      indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if
  *      @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set.
  *
  * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
  */
 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
         enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
         u16 burst_period;
         u8 requested:1,
            asap:1,
            request_lci:1,
            request_civicloc:1,
            trigger_based:1,
            non_trigger_based:1,
            lmr_feedback:1;
         u8 num_bursts_exp;
         u8 burst_duration;
         u8 ftms_per_burst;
         u8 ftmr_retries;
         u8 bss_color;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
  * @addr: MAC address
  * @chandef: channel to use
  * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
  * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
  */
 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
         u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
         struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
         u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
         struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
  * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
  * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
  * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
  *      not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
  * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
  *      are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
  *      be taken from the @mac_addr
  * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
  * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
  *      zero it means there's no timeout
  * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
  * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
  */
 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
         u64 cookie;
         void *drv_data;
         u32 n_peers;
         u32 nl_portid;
 
         u32 timeout;
 
         u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
         u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
 
         struct list_head list;
 
         struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers);
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
  *
  * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
  * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
  *
  * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
  *
  * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
  *      has to be done.
  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
  *      processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
  *      cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
  *      OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
  * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
  *      the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
  *      the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
  * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
  * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested
  *      by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station
  *      connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it
  *      will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space).
  * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO
  *      connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when
  *      @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only
  *      with OWE update event (driver to user space).
  */
 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
         u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
         u16 status;
         const u8 *ie;
         size_t ie_len;
         int assoc_link_id;
         u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
 };
 
 /**
  * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data
  * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
  *      for the entire device
  * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
  *      for the given interface
  * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes
  * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface
  *      for these subtypes
  */
 struct mgmt_frame_regs {
         u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes;
         u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
  *
  * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
  * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
  *
  * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
  * on success or a negative error code.
  *
  * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be
  * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied
  * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering,
  * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers.
  *
  * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
  *      be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
  *      configured for the device.
  * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
  * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
  *      to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
  *      the device.
  *
  * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
  *      must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
  *      the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
  *      wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
  *      also set the address member in the wdev.
  *      This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
  *
  * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
  *      This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
  *
  * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
  *      keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
  *      This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
  *
  * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that
  *      the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link
  *      address is available.
  * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface.
  *
  * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
  *      when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection.
  *      For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for
  *      pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key.
  *
  * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
  *      @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
  *      key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
  *      after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
  *      not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
  *      @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection,
  *      @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr
  *      will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key.
  *
  * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
  *      and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will
  *      be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0
  *      for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD
  *      address for MLO pairwise key.
  *
  * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0
  *      for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
  *
  * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface.
  *      @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
  *
  * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface.
  *      @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
  *
  * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
  *
  * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
  * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
  *      interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
  * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
  *
  * @add_station: Add a new station.
  * @del_station: Remove a station
  * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
  *      validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
  *      might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
  *      them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
  *      cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
  * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
  * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
  *
  * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
  * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
  * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
  * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
  * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
  * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
  * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
  * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
  *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
  * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
  *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
  *
  * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
  *
  * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
  *      The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
  *      set, and which to leave alone.
  *
  * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
  *
  * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data
  *      for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called
  *      from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock.
  *      The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside
  *      struct cfg80211_inform_bss.
  *      The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed.
  *
  * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
  *
  * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
  *      as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
  *      join the mesh instead.
  *
  * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
  *      interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
  *      If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
  *      be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
  *
  * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
  *      the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
  *      For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
  *      the scan/scan_done bracket too.
  * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
  *      indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
  *
  * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
  *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
  * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
  *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
  * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
  *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
  * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
  *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
  *
  * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
  *      call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
  *      %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
  *      cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
  *      from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
  *      was received.
  *      The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
  *      other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
  *      by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
  *      the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
  *      frame instead of Association Request frame.
  *      The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
  *      specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
  *      parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
  *      indication of requesting reassociation.
  *      In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
  *      cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
  *      cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
  * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
  *      BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
  *      subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
  *      Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
  *      request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
  *      BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
  *      changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
  *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
  * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
  *      connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
  *      case connection was already established (invoked with the
  *      wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
  *
  * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
  *      cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
  *      to a merge.
  *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
  * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
  *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
  *
  * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
  *      MESH mode)
  *
  * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
  *      @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
  *      have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
  *      struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
  *
  * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
  *      the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
  *      wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
  *      always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
  *      (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
  * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
  *      return 0 if successful
  *
  * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
  *      functions to adjust rfkill hw state
  *
  * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
  *
  * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
  *      channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
  *      operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
  *      ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
  *      notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
  * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
  *      This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
  *      the duration value.
  * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
  * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
  *      frame on another channel
  *
  * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
  * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
  *      used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
  *      return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
  *      dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
  *      was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
  *      and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
  *
  * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
  *
  * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
  *      devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
  *      RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
  * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
  * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
  * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
  *      allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
  * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
  *      After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
  *      the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
  *      need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
  *      disabled.)
  * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
  *      connection quality monitor.  An event is to be sent only when the
  *      signal level is found to be outside the two values.  The driver should
  *      set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
  *      If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
  * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
  *      thresholds.
  * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
  * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
  *      given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
  *      for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
  *      called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
  *      The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
  *      stop (when this method returns 0).
  *
  * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame
  *      registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep.
  *
  * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
  *      Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
  *      reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
  *      (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
  *
  * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
  *
  * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
  * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
  *
  * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
  *      later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
  *
  * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
  *
  * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
  *      For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
  *      current monitoring channel.
  *
  * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
  * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
  *
  * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
  *      Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
  *      and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
  *      this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
  *      when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
  *      advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
  *
  * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
  *
  * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
  *      was finished on another phy.
  *
  * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
  *      driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
  *      used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
  *
  * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
  *      for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
  *      driver can take the most appropriate actions.
  * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
  *      reliability. This operation can not fail.
  * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
  *
  * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
  *      responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
  *      inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
  *      with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
  *      everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
  *      as soon as possible.
  *
  * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
  *
  * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
  *      given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
  *      changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
  *
  * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
  *      with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
  *      userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
  *      account.
  *      If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
  *      the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
  *      success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
  *      with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
  *      rejected)
  * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
  *
  * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
  *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
  * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
  *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
  *
  * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
  *      is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
  *      and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
  * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
  *      peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
  * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
  * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
  * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
  *      On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
  *      it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
  *      should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
  *      cfg80211_free_nan_func().
  *      On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
  *      provided @nan_func.
  * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
  * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
  *      be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
  *      All other parameters must be ignored.
  *
  * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
  *
  * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
  *      function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
  *
  * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
  *      If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
  *      upon which the driver should clear it.
  *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
  * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
  *      (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
  *
  * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
  *     user space
  *
  * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL).  The noencrypt parameter
  *      tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
  *
  * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
  *      Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
  * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
  * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
  *
  * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
  *      but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
  *      DH IE through this interface.
  *
  * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
  *      and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
  * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific
  *      This callback may sleep.
  * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the
  *      given TIDs. This callback may sleep.
  *
  * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings.
  *
  * @color_change: Initiate a color change.
  *
  * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use
  *      those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association
  *      Response frame.
  *
  * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for
  *      radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit
  *      or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
  *      Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
  *      switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
  *      radar channel.
  *      The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to
  *      disable background CAC/radar detection.
  * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station.
  * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station.
  * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station.
  *
  * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames.
  * @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping.
  * @get_radio_mask: get bitmask of radios in use.
  *      (invoked with the wiphy mutex held)
  */
 struct cfg80211_ops {
         int     (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
         int     (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
         void    (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
 
         struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                                   const char *name,
                                                   unsigned char name_assign_type,
                                                   enum nl80211_iftype type,
                                                   struct vif_params *params);
         int     (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                     struct wireless_dev *wdev);
         int     (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                        struct net_device *dev,
                                        enum nl80211_iftype type,
                                        struct vif_params *params);
 
         int     (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                  struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                  unsigned int link_id);
         void    (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                  struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                  unsigned int link_id);
 
         int     (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
                            int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
                            const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params);
         int     (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
                            int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
                            const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie,
                            void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
         int     (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
                            int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
                            const u8 *mac_addr);
         int     (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                    struct net_device *netdev, int link_id,
                                    u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
         int     (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                         struct net_device *netdev, int link_id,
                                         u8 key_index);
         int     (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                           struct net_device *netdev,
                                           int link_id,
                                           u8 key_index);
 
         int     (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                             struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
         int     (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                  struct cfg80211_ap_update *info);
         int     (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                            unsigned int link_id);
 
 
         int     (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                const u8 *mac,
                                struct station_parameters *params);
         int     (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                struct station_del_parameters *params);
         int     (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                   const u8 *mac,
                                   struct station_parameters *params);
         int     (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
         int     (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
 
         int     (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
         int     (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                const u8 *dst);
         int     (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                   const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
         int     (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                              u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
         int     (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                               int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
                               struct mpath_info *pinfo);
         int     (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                            u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
         int     (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                             int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
                             struct mpath_info *pinfo);
         int     (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                 struct net_device *dev,
                                 struct mesh_config *conf);
         int     (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                       struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
                                       const struct mesh_config *nconf);
         int     (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                              const struct mesh_config *conf,
                              const struct mesh_setup *setup);
         int     (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
 
         int     (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                             struct ocb_setup *setup);
         int     (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
 
         int     (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                               struct bss_parameters *params);
 
         void    (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
                               const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data);
 
         int     (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                   struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
 
         int     (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                              struct net_device *dev,
                                              struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
 
         int     (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                        struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
 
         int     (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                         struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
         void    (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
 
         int     (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                         struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
         int     (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                          struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
         int     (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                           struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
         int     (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                             struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
 
         int     (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                            struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
         int     (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                          struct net_device *dev,
                                          struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
                                          u32 changed);
         int     (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                               u16 reason_code);
 
         int     (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                              struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
         int     (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
 
         int     (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                   int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
 
         int     (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
 
         int     (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
         int     (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                 int *dbm);
 
         void    (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 
 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
         int     (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                 void *data, int len);
         int     (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
                                  struct netlink_callback *cb,
                                  void *data, int len);
 #endif
 
         int     (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                     struct net_device *dev,
                                     unsigned int link_id,
                                     const u8 *peer,
                                     const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
 
         int     (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
                         int idx, struct survey_info *info);
 
         int     (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
                              struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
         int     (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
                              struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
         int     (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
 
         int     (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                      struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                      struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
                                      unsigned int duration,
                                      u64 *cookie);
         int     (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                             struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                             u64 cookie);
 
         int     (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                            struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
                            u64 *cookie);
         int     (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                        struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                        u64 cookie);
 
         int     (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                   bool enabled, int timeout);
 
         int     (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                        struct net_device *dev,
                                        s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
 
         int     (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                              struct net_device *dev,
                                              s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
 
         int     (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                       struct net_device *dev,
                                       u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
 
         void    (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                                    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                                    struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd);
 
         int     (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
         int     (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
 
         int     (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                 struct net_device *dev,
                                 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
         int     (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                    u64 reqid);
 
         int     (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                   struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
 
         int     (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                              const u8 *peer, int link_id,
                              u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code,
                              u32 peer_capability, bool initiator,
                              const u8 *buf, size_t len);
         int     (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                              const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
 
         int     (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
 
         int     (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                   struct net_device *dev,
                                   u16 noack_map);
 
         int     (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                unsigned int link_id,
                                struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
 
         int     (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                     struct wireless_dev *wdev);
         void    (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
 
         int     (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
 
         int     (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                          struct net_device *dev,
                                          struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                                          u32 cac_time_ms);
         void    (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                 struct net_device *dev);
         int     (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                  struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
         int     (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                     struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                     enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
                                     u16 duration);
         void    (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
         int     (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
 
         int     (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                   struct net_device *dev,
                                   struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
 
         int     (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                struct net_device *dev,
                                struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
 
         int     (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                     unsigned int link_id,
                                     struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
 
         int     (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                              u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
                              u16 admitted_time);
         int     (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                              u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
 
         int     (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                        struct net_device *dev,
                                        const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
                                        struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
         void    (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                               struct net_device *dev,
                                               const u8 *addr);
         int     (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                              struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
         void    (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
         int     (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
         void    (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                u64 cookie);
         int     (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                    struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
                                    u32 changes);
 
         int     (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                             struct net_device *dev,
                                             const bool enabled);
 
         int     (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                  struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                  struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
 
         int     (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                            const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
         int     (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                            const u8 *aa);
         int     (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                  struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
 
         int     (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                    struct net_device *dev,
                                    const u8 *buf, size_t len,
                                    const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
                                    const bool noencrypt, int link_id,
                                    u64 *cookie);
 
         int     (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                 struct net_device *dev,
                                 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
 
         int     (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                               struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
         void    (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                               struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
         int     (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                    struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
         int     (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                    const u8 *buf, size_t len);
         int     (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                   struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
         int     (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                     const u8 *peer, u8 tids);
         int     (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                  struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar);
         int     (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                 struct net_device *dev,
                                 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params);
         int     (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad);
         int     (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                         struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
         int     (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                     struct link_station_parameters *params);
         int     (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                     struct link_station_parameters *params);
         int     (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                     struct link_station_del_parameters *params);
         int     (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                                     struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts);
         int     (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
                             struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params);
         u32     (*get_radio_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
 };
 
 /*
  * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
  * and registration/helper functions
  */
 
 /**
  * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
  *
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split
  *       into two, first for legacy bands and second for 6 GHz.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
  *      wiphy at all
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
  *      by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
  *      on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
  *      reason to override the default
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
  *      on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
  *      supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
  *      control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
  *      control_port_no_encrypt flag.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
  *      auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
  *      firmware.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
  *      link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
  *      teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
  *      command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
  *      used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
  *      when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
  *      cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
  *      responds to probe-requests in hardware.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
  *      beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs,
  *      in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have
  *      complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver
  *      should set this flag for now.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for
  *      NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver
  *      set this flag to update channels on beacon hints.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link
  *      of an NSTR mobile AP MLD.
  * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT: disable wireless extensions for this device
  */
 enum wiphy_flags {
         WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK         = BIT(0),
         WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO                 = BIT(1),
         WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ              = BIT(2),
         WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK                     = BIT(3),
         WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT             = BIT(4),
         WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP                     = BIT(5),
         WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION                = BIT(6),
         WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL        = BIT(7),
         WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN                     = BIT(8),
         WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT                 = BIT(9),
         WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH                    = BIT(10),
         WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32          = BIT(11),
         WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY     = BIT(12),
         WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM             = BIT(13),
         WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD                     = BIT(14),
         WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS                = BIT(15),
         WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP          = BIT(16),
         WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME                  = BIT(17),
         WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS                 = BIT(18),
         WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD        = BIT(19),
         WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX                   = BIT(20),
         WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL        = BIT(21),
         WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ            = BIT(22),
         WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH           = BIT(23),
         WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER      = BIT(24),
         WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON     = BIT(25),
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
  * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
  * @types: interface types (bits)
  */
 struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
         u16 max;
         u16 types;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
  *
  * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
  * combinations it supports concurrently. When set in a struct wiphy_radio,
  * the combinations refer to combinations of interfaces currently active on
  * that radio.
  *
  * Examples:
  *
  * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
  *
  *    .. code-block:: c
  *
  *      struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
  *              { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
  *              { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), },
  *      };
  *      struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
  *              .limits = limits1,
  *              .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
  *              .max_interfaces = 2,
  *              .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
  *      };
  *
  *
  * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
  *
  *    .. code-block:: c
  *
  *      struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
  *              { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
  *                                   BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
  *      };
  *      struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
  *              .limits = limits2,
  *              .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
  *              .max_interfaces = 8,
  *              .num_different_channels = 1,
  *      };
  *
  *
  * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
  *
  *    This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
  *
  *    .. code-block:: c
  *
  *      struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
  *              { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
  *              { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
  *                                   BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
  *      };
  *      struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
  *              .limits = limits3,
  *              .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
  *              .max_interfaces = 4,
  *              .num_different_channels = 2,
  *      };
  *
  */
 struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
         /**
          * @limits:
          * limits for the given interface types
          */
         const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
 
         /**
          * @num_different_channels:
          * can use up to this many different channels
          */
         u32 num_different_channels;
 
         /**
          * @max_interfaces:
          * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
          */
         u16 max_interfaces;
 
         /**
          * @n_limits:
          * number of limitations
          */
         u8 n_limits;
 
         /**
          * @beacon_int_infra_match:
          * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
          * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
          */
         bool beacon_int_infra_match;
 
         /**
          * @radar_detect_widths:
          * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
          */
         u8 radar_detect_widths;
 
         /**
          * @radar_detect_regions:
          * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
          */
         u8 radar_detect_regions;
 
         /**
          * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
          * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
          *
          * = 0
          *   all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
          * > 0
          *   any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
          *   GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
          *   combination must be greater or equal to this value.
          */
         u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
 };
 
 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
         u16 tx, rx;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
  *      trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
  *      wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
  *      received packet that passed filtering; note that the
  *      packet should be preserved in that case
  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
  *      (see nl80211.h)
  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
  */
 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
         WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY                = BIT(0),
         WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT          = BIT(1),
         WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT         = BIT(2),
         WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
         WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE  = BIT(4),
         WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ   = BIT(5),
         WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE     = BIT(6),
         WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE     = BIT(7),
         WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT         = BIT(8),
 };
 
 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
         const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
         u32 data_payload_max;
         u32 data_interval_max;
         u32 wake_payload_max;
         bool seq;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
  * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
  * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
  *      (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
  * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
  *      similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
  *      scheduled scans.
  *      See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
  *      details.
  * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
  */
 struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
         u32 flags;
         int n_patterns;
         int pattern_max_len;
         int pattern_min_len;
         int max_pkt_offset;
         int max_nd_match_sets;
         const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
  * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
  * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
  *      (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
  */
 struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
         int n_rules;
         int max_delay;
         int n_patterns;
         int pattern_max_len;
         int pattern_min_len;
         int max_pkt_offset;
 };
 
 /**
  * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
  *      (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
  */
 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
         WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
         WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
         WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
 };
 
 /**
  * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
  *
  * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
  * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
  * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
  *
  */
 enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
         STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED       = BIT(0),
         STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED    = BIT(1),
         STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED         = BIT(2),
 };
 
 /**
  * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
  * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
  * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
  * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
  * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
  */
 
 struct sta_opmode_info {
         u32 changed;
         enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
         enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
         u8 rx_nss;
 };
 
 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
 
 /**
  * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
  * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
  * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
  * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
  *      flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
  *      pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
  * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
  *      @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
  *      dumpit calls.
  * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
  *      Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
  *      attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
  * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
  * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
  * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
  * are used with dump requests.
  */
 struct wiphy_vendor_command {
         struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
         u32 flags;
         int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                     const void *data, int data_len);
         int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                       struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
                       unsigned long *storage);
         const struct nla_policy *policy;
         unsigned int maxattr;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
  * @iftype: interface type
  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
  *      additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
  *      802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
  *      in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
  *      802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
  * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO)
  * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO)
  */
 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
         enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
         const u8 *extended_capabilities;
         const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
         u8 extended_capabilities_len;
         u16 eml_capabilities;
         u16 mld_capa_and_ops;
 };
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from
  * @type: the interface type to look up
  *
  * Return: The extended capability for the given interface @type, may be %NULL
  */
 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *
 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type);
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
  * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
  * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
  * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
  * @ftm: FTM measurement data
  * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
  * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
  * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
  * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
  * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
  * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
  * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
  * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
  *      (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
  *      forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
  * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
  *      not limited)
  * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported
  * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
  */
 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
         unsigned int max_peers;
         u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
            randomize_mac_addr:1;
 
         struct {
                 u32 preambles;
                 u32 bandwidths;
                 s8 max_bursts_exponent;
                 u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
                 u8 supported:1,
                    asap:1,
                    non_asap:1,
                    request_lci:1,
                    request_civicloc:1,
                    trigger_based:1,
                    non_trigger_based:1;
         } ftm;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm
  * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the
  * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites.
  *
  * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types
  * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites
  * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
  */
 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites {
         u16 iftypes_mask;
         const u32 *akm_suites;
         int n_akm_suites;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy frequency range
  * @start_freq:  start range edge frequency (kHz)
  * @end_freq:    end range edge frequency (kHz)
  */
 struct wiphy_radio_freq_range {
         u32 start_freq;
         u32 end_freq;
 };
 
 
 /**
  * struct wiphy_radio - physical radio of a wiphy
  * This structure describes a physical radio belonging to a wiphy.
  * It is used to describe concurrent-channel capabilities. Only one channel
  * can be active on the radio described by struct wiphy_radio.
  *
  * @freq_range: frequency range that the radio can operate on.
  * @n_freq_range: number of elements in @freq_range
  *
  * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
  *      list single interface types.
  * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
  */
 struct wiphy_radio {
         const struct wiphy_radio_freq_range *freq_range;
         int n_freq_range;
 
         const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
         int n_iface_combinations;
 };
 
 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff
 
 /**
  * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
  * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device
  * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
  *      note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
  *      the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
  * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
  *      the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
  *      on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
  *      regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
  * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
  * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
  * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
  * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if
  *      the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in
  *      iftype_akm_suites.
  * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
  * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type.
  *      Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot
  *      overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all
  *      instances of iftype_akm_suites).
  * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm
  *      suites are specified separately.
  * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
  * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
  * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
  *      -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
  * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
  * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
  * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
  * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
  *      set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
  *      four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
  *      variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
  *      interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
  * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
  * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
  *      to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
  *      by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
  *      all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
  *      the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
  * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
  *      unregister hardware
  * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>).
  *      It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames
  * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in
  *      /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev()
  *      (see below).
  * @wext: wireless extension handlers
  * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
  * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
  *      must be set by driver
  * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
  *      list single interface types.
  * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
  * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
  *      subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
  * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
  * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
  *      &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
  * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
  * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
  *      &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
  * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
  *      this variable determines its size
  * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
  *      any given scan
  * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
  *      the device can run concurrently.
  * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
  *      for in any given scheduled scan
  * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
  *      when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
  *      supported.
  * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
  *      add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
  *      include fixed IEs like supported rates
  * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
  *      scans
  * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
  *      of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
  * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
  *      single scan plan supported by the device.
  * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
  *      scan plan supported by the device.
  * @coverage_class: current coverage class
  * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
  * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
  * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
  * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
  *      wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
  * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
  *
  * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
  *      transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
  *      type
  *
  * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
  *      configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
  *      rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
  *
  * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
  *      configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
  *      rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
  *
  * @probe_resp_offload:
  *       Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
  *       See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
  *       when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
  *
  * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
  *      may request, if implemented.
  *
  * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
  * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
  *      used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
  *      to the suspend() operation instead.
  *
  * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
  * @ht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
  *      If null, then none can be over-ridden.
  * @vht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
  *      If null, then none can be over-ridden.
  *
  * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
  *      not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
  *
  * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
  *      supports for ACL.
  *
  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
  *      additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
  *      the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
  *      and are in the same format as in the information element. See
  *      802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
  *      extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
  *      for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
  * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
  * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
  *      capabilities are specified separately.
  * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
  *
  * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
  * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
  * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
  * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
  *
  * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
  *      (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
  *      driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
  *      some cases, but may not always reach.
  *
  * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
  *      and probe responses.  This value should be set if the driver
  *      wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
  *      infinite.
  * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
  *      by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
  *      attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
  *
  * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
  *      bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.  For instance, for
  *      NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
  *      (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
  *
  * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
  * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
  * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
  *
  * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using
  *      wake_tx_queue
  *
  * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
  * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
  *      HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
  *      @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
  *
  * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
  *
  * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the
  *      device has
  * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
  *      supported by the driver for each vif
  * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
  *      supported by the driver for each peer
  * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for
  *      long/short retry configuration
  *
  * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for
  *      configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and
  *      %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes
  * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities
  * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure
  *
  * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver
  *      in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value
  *      by the driver to advertise MBSSID support.
  * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by
  *      the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the
  *      driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP).
  * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for
  *      configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
  *      %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by
  *      driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is
  *      NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with
  *      legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is
  *      CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES.
  *
  * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports
  *      enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a
  *      non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping.
  *      A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver
  *      supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to
  *      specify a mac address).
  *
  * @radio: radios belonging to this wiphy
  * @n_radio: number of radios
  */
 struct wiphy {
         struct mutex mtx;
 
         /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
 
         u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
         u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
 
         struct mac_address *addresses;
 
         const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
 
         const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
         int n_iface_combinations;
         u16 software_iftypes;
 
         u16 n_addresses;
 
         /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
         u16 interface_modes;
 
         u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
 
         u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
         u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
 
         u32 ap_sme_capa;
 
         enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
 
         int bss_priv_size;
         u8 max_scan_ssids;
         u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
         u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
         u8 max_match_sets;
         u16 max_scan_ie_len;
         u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
         u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
         u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
         u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
 
         int n_cipher_suites;
         const u32 *cipher_suites;
 
         int n_akm_suites;
         const u32 *akm_suites;
 
         const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites;
         unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites;
 
         u8 retry_short;
         u8 retry_long;
         u32 frag_threshold;
         u32 rts_threshold;
         u8 coverage_class;
 
         char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
         u32 hw_version;
 
 #ifdef CONFIG_PM
         const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
         struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
 #endif
 
         u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
 
         u8 max_num_pmkids;
 
         u32 available_antennas_tx;
         u32 available_antennas_rx;
 
         u32 probe_resp_offload;
 
         const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
         u8 extended_capabilities_len;
 
         const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
         unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
 
         const void *privid;
 
         struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
 
         void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                              struct regulatory_request *request);
 
         /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
 
         const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
 
         struct device dev;
 
         bool registered;
 
         struct dentry *debugfsdir;
 
         const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
         const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
 
         struct list_head wdev_list;
 
         possible_net_t _net;
 
 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
         const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
 #endif
 
         const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
 
         const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
         const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
         int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
 
         u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
 
         u8 max_num_csa_counters;
 
         u32 bss_select_support;
 
         u8 nan_supported_bands;
 
         u32 txq_limit;
         u32 txq_memory_limit;
         u32 txq_quantum;
 
         unsigned long tx_queue_len;
 
         u8 support_mbssid:1,
            support_only_he_mbssid:1;
 
         const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
 
         struct {
                 u64 peer, vif;
                 u8 max_retry;
         } tid_config_support;
 
         u8 max_data_retry_count;
 
         const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa;
 
         struct rfkill *rfkill;
 
         u8 mbssid_max_interfaces;
         u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity;
         u16 max_num_akm_suites;
 
         u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers;
 
         int n_radio;
         const struct wiphy_radio *radio;
 
         char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
 };
 
 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
 {
         return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
 }
 
 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
 {
         write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
 }
 
 /**
  * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
  *
  * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
  * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
  */
 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
 {
         BUG_ON(!wiphy);
         return &wiphy->priv;
 }
 
 /**
  * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
  *
  * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
  * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
  */
 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
 {
         BUG_ON(!priv);
         return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
 }
 
 /**
  * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
  *
  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
  * @dev: The device to parent it to
  */
 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
 {
         wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
 }
 
 /**
  * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
  *
  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
  * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
  */
 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
 {
         return wiphy->dev.parent;
 }
 
 /**
  * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
  *
  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
  * Return: The name of @wiphy.
  */
 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
 {
         return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
 }
 
 /**
  * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
  *
  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
  * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
  *      NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
  *
  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
  *
  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
  */
 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
                            const char *requested_name);
 
 /**
  * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
  *
  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
  *
  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
  *
  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
  */
 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
                                       int sizeof_priv)
 {
         return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
 }
 
 /**
  * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
  *
  * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
  *
  * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
  */
 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 
 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */
 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx)
 
 /**
  * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
  * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
  *
  * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock()
  * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference().
  */
 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p)                         \
         rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
 
 /**
  * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
  * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
  *
  * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the
  * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates.
  */
 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p)                             \
         rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
 
 /**
  * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from
  *
  * Context: Requires any of RTNL, wiphy mutex or RCU protection.
  *
  * Return: pointer to the regulatory domain associated with the wiphy
  */
 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 
 /**
  * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
  *
  * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
  *
  * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
  * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
  * request that is being handled.
  */
 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 
 /**
  * wiphy_free - free wiphy
  *
  * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
  */
 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 
 /* internal structs */
 struct cfg80211_conn;
 struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
 struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
 struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
 
 /**
  * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock
  *
  * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that
  * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking
  * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot
  * differentiate which way it's called.
  *
  * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes.
  *
  * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked.
  *
  * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued
  * with wiphy_queue_work() are running.
  */
 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy)
         __acquires(&wiphy->mtx)
 {
         mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx);
         __acquire(&wiphy->mtx);
 }
 
 /**
  * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock
  */
 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy)
         __releases(&wiphy->mtx)
 {
         __release(&wiphy->mtx);
         mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx);
 }
 
 struct wiphy_work;
 typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *);
 
 struct wiphy_work {
         struct list_head entry;
         wiphy_work_func_t func;
 };
 
 static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work,
                                    wiphy_work_func_t func)
 {
         INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry);
         work->func = func;
 }
 
 /**
  * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for
  * @work: the work item
  *
  * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work
  * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be
  * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running
  * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can
  * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires
  * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock().
  */
 void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
 
 /**
  * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work
  * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
  * @work: the work to cancel
  *
  * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being
  * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
  */
 void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
 
 /**
  * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work
  * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
  * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work
  *
  * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called
  * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
  */
 void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
 
 struct wiphy_delayed_work {
         struct wiphy_work work;
         struct wiphy *wiphy;
         struct timer_list timer;
 };
 
 void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t);
 
 static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork,
                                            wiphy_work_func_t func)
 {
         timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0);
         wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func);
 }
 
 /**
  * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for
  * @dwork: the delayable worker
  * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
  *
  * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work
  * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be
  * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running
  * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can
  * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires
  * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock().
  */
 void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                               struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork,
                               unsigned long delay);
 
 /**
  * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work
  * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
  * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel
  *
  * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being
  * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
  */
 void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork);
 
 /**
  * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work
  * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
  * @dwork: the delayed work to flush
  *
  * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called
  * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
  */
 void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                               struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork);
 
 /**
  * enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power - regulatory power for an Access Point
  *
  * @IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP: Access Point has no regulatory power mode
  * @IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP: Indoor Access Point
  * @IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP: Standard power Access Point
  * @IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP: Very low power Access Point
  */
 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power {
         IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP,
         IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP,
         IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP,
         IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP,
 };
 
 /**
  * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
  *
  * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
  * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
  * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
  * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
  * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device,
  * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or
  * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops
  * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.)
  *
  * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
  * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
  * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
  * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
  *
  * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
  * @iftype: interface type
  * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211
  * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock
  *      for the notifier
  * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
  * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
  * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
  *      wireless device if it has no netdev
  * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype
  * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode)
  * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
  * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
  * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
  * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
  * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
  * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
  * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
  * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
  * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
  * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
  * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
  * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
  * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
  *      set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
  *      netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
  *      by cfg80211 on change_interface
  * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
  * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated,
  *      need to propagate the update to the driver
  * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
  * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
  *      the P2P Device.
  * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
  * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
  * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
  * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
  * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
  * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
  *      registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
  * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
  * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
  * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
  * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
  * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
  * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
  * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
  * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
  * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
  * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
  * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work
  * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
  * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
  * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
  * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
  * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last
  *      unprotected beacon report
  * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr
  *      @ap and @client for each link
  * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid
  */
 struct wireless_dev {
         struct wiphy *wiphy;
         enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
 
         /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
         struct list_head list;
         struct net_device *netdev;
 
         u32 identifier;
 
         struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
         u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1;
 
         bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering;
 
         u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
 
         /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
         struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
         struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
         enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
         u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
 
         struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
         u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
 
         struct list_head event_list;
         spinlock_t event_lock;
 
         u8 connected:1;
 
         bool ps;
         int ps_timeout;
 
         u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
 
         u32 owner_nlportid;
         bool nl_owner_dead;
 
         /* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */
         bool cac_started;
         unsigned long cac_start_time;
         unsigned int cac_time_ms;
 
 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
         /* wext data */
         struct {
                 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
                 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
                 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
                 const u8 *ie;
                 size_t ie_len;
                 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
                 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
                 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
                 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
                 bool prev_bssid_valid;
         } wext;
 #endif
 
         struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work;
         struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config;
 
         struct list_head pmsr_list;
         spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
         struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
 
         unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported;
 
         union {
                 struct {
                         u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
                         u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
                         u8 ssid_len;
                 } client;
                 struct {
                         int beacon_interval;
                         struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
                         struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
                         u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN];
                         u8 id_len, id_up_len;
                 } mesh;
                 struct {
                         struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
                         u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
                         u8 ssid_len;
                 } ap;
                 struct {
                         struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss;
                         struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
                         int beacon_interval;
                         u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
                         u8 ssid_len;
                 } ibss;
                 struct {
                         struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
                 } ocb;
         } u;
 
         struct {
                 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
                 union {
                         struct {
                                 unsigned int beacon_interval;
                                 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
                         } ap;
                         struct {
                                 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss;
                         } client;
                 };
         } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
         u16 valid_links;
 };
 
 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
 {
         if (wdev->netdev)
                 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
         return wdev->address;
 }
 
 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
 {
         if (wdev->netdev)
                 return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
         return wdev->is_running;
 }
 
 /**
  * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
  *
  * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
  * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
  */
 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
 {
         BUG_ON(!wdev);
         return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
 }
 
 /**
  * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev
  * @wdev: the wdev
  * @link_id: the link ID for MLO
  *
  * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL.
  */
 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                        unsigned int link_id);
 
 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                         unsigned int link_id)
 {
         WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links);
         WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links &&
                 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id)));
 }
 
 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id)                 \
         for (link_id = 0;                                       \
              link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ?              \
                         ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1);    \
              link_id++)                                         \
                 if (!(link_info)->valid_links ||                \
                     ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id)))
 
 /**
  * DOC: Utility functions
  *
  * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
  */
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel
  *
  * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel
  * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel
  * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b
  */
 static inline bool
 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a,
                         struct ieee80211_channel *b)
 {
         return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq &&
                 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz
  * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert
  * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz)
  */
 static inline u32
 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
 {
         return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset;
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan
  *
  * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ
  * @chan: channel
  * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq
  */
 enum nl80211_chan_width
 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency
  * @chan: channel number
  * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
  * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
  */
 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
  * @chan: channel number
  * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
  * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
  */
 static inline int
 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band)
 {
         return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band));
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
  * @freq: center frequency in KHz
  * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
  */
 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
  * @freq: center frequency in MHz
  * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
  */
 static inline int
 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq)
 {
         return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified
  * frequency
  * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
  * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel
  * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
  */
 struct ieee80211_channel *
 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
  *
  * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
  * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel
  * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
  */
 static inline struct ieee80211_channel *
 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq)
 {
         return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC
  * @chan: control channel to check
  *
  * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in
  * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3
  *
  * Return: %true if channel is a PSC, %false otherwise
  */
 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
 {
         if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ)
                 return false;
 
         return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5;
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid - Check if the radio supports the chandef
  *
  * @radio: wiphy radio
  * @chandef: chandef for current channel
  *
  * Return: whether or not the given chandef is valid for the given radio
  */
 bool cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio,
                                   const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
  *
  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
  * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
  *
  * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
  * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
  * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
  * rates in the band's bitrate table.
  */
 const struct ieee80211_rate *
 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
                             u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
  *
  * Return: a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given band, bits
  * are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
  */
 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband);
 
 /*
  * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
  *
  * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
  * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst
  */
 
 struct radiotap_align_size {
         uint8_t align:4, size:4;
 };
 
 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
         const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
         int n_bits;
         uint32_t oui;
         uint8_t subns;
 };
 
 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
         const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
         int n_ns;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
  * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
  *      to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
  * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
  *      call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
  *      ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
  *      the beginning of the actual data portion
  * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
  * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
  *      (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
  * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
  *      radiotap namespace or not
  *
  * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
  * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
  * @_arg_index: next argument index
  * @_arg: next argument pointer
  * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
  * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
  * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
  * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
  * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
  *      next bitmap word
  *
  * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
  * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
  */
 
 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
         struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
         const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
         const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
 
         unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
         __le32 *_next_bitmap;
 
         unsigned char *this_arg;
         int this_arg_index;
         int this_arg_size;
 
         int is_radiotap_ns;
 
         int _max_length;
         int _arg_index;
         uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
         int _reset_on_ext;
 };
 
 int
 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
                                  struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
                                  int max_length,
                                  const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
 
 int
 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
 
 
 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
  *
  * @skb: the frame
  *
  * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
  * returns the 802.11 header length.
  *
  * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
  * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
  * 802.11 header.
  */
 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
  * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
  * Return: The header length in bytes.
  */
 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
  * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
  *      (first byte) will be accessed
  * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
  * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
  */
 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
 
 /**
  * DOC: Data path helpers
  *
  * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
  * functions that help implement the data path for devices
  * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
  */
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
  * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
  *      of it being pushed into the SKB
  * @addr: the device MAC address
  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
  * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
  * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU
  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
  */
 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
                                   const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
                                   u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
  * @addr: the device MAC address
  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
  */
 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
                                          enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
 {
         return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid
  *
  * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated
  * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the
  * mesh control field.
  *
  * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
  * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test
  *      0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field
  *      1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field
  *      2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field
  * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode
  */
 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
  *
  * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
  * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
  * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
  *
  * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
  * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
  *      initialized by the caller.
  * @addr: The device MAC address.
  * @iftype: The device interface type.
  * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
  * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
  * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
  * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu
  */
 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
                               const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
                               const unsigned int extra_headroom,
                               const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa,
                               u8 mesh_control);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol
  *
  * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated
  * protocol.
  *
  * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload
  * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol
  * Return: true if encapsulation was found
  */
 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames
  *
  * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part
  * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh
  * header to the ethernet header (if present).
  *
  * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
  */
 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
  * @skb: the data frame
  * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
  * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
  */
 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
                                     struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
  *
  * @eid: element ID
  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
  * @len: length of data
  * @match: byte array to match
  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
  * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
  *      Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
  *      the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
  *      the data portion instead.
  *
  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
  * requested element struct.
  *
  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
  * byte array to match.
  */
 const struct element *
 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
                          const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
                          unsigned int match_offset);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
  *
  * @eid: element ID
  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
  * @len: length of data
  * @match: byte array to match
  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
  * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
  *      If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
  *      Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
  *      byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
  *      the second byte is the IE length.
  *
  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
  * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
  * element ID.
  *
  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
  * byte array to match.
  */
 static inline const u8 *
 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
                        const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
                        unsigned int match_offset)
 {
         /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
          * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
          */
         if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
                     (!match_len && match_offset)))
                 return NULL;
 
         return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
                                                       match, match_len,
                                                       match_offset ?
                                                         match_offset - 2 : 0);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
  *
  * @eid: element ID
  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
  * @len: length of data
  *
  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
  * requested element struct.
  *
  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
  * having to fit into the given data.
  */
 static inline const struct element *
 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
 {
         return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
  *
  * @eid: element ID
  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
  * @len: length of data
  *
  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
  *
  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
  * having to fit into the given data.
  */
 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
 {
         return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
  *
  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
  * @len: length of data
  *
  * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if
  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
  * requested element struct.
  *
  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
  * having to fit into the given data.
  */
 static inline const struct element *
 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
 {
         return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
                                         &ext_eid, 1, 0);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
  *
  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
  * @len: length of data
  *
  * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
  *
  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
  * having to fit into the given data.
  */
 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
 {
         return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
                                       &ext_eid, 1, 2);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
  *
  * @oui: vendor OUI
  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
  * @len: length of data
  *
  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
  * return the element structure for the requested element.
  *
  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
  * the given data.
  */
 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
                                                 const u8 *ies,
                                                 unsigned int len);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
  *
  * @oui: vendor OUI
  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
  * @len: length of data
  *
  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
  * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
  * element ID.
  *
  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
  * the given data.
  */
 static inline const u8 *
 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
                         const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
 {
         return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
 }
 
 /**
  * enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret - reduced neighbor report iteration state
  * @RNR_ITER_CONTINUE: continue iterating with the next entry
  * @RNR_ITER_BREAK: break iteration and return success
  * @RNR_ITER_ERROR: break iteration and return error
  */
 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret {
         RNR_ITER_CONTINUE,
         RNR_ITER_BREAK,
         RNR_ITER_ERROR,
 };
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_iter_rnr - iterate reduced neighbor report entries
  * @elems: the frame elements to iterate RNR elements and then
  *      their entries in
  * @elems_len: length of the elements
  * @iter: iteration function, see also &enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret
  *      for the return value
  * @iter_data: additional data passed to the iteration function
  * Return: %true on success (after successfully iterating all entries
  *      or if the iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_BREAK),
  *      %false on error (iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_ERROR
  *      or elements were malformed.)
  */
 bool cfg80211_iter_rnr(const u8 *elems, size_t elems_len,
                        enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret
                        (*iter)(void *data, u8 type,
                                const struct ieee80211_neighbor_ap_info *info,
                                const u8 *tbtt_info, u8 tbtt_info_len),
                        void *iter_data);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer
  *
  * @elem: the element to defragment
  * @ies: elements where @elem is contained
  * @ieslen: length of @ies
  * @data: buffer to store element data, or %NULL to just determine size
  * @data_len: length of @data, or 0
  * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments
  *
  * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error
  *
  * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while
  * skipping all headers.
  *
  * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an
  * element in-place.
  */
 ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies,
                                     size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len,
                                     u8 frag_id);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
  *
  * @dev: network device
  * @addr: STA MAC address
  *
  * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
  * devices upon STA association.
  */
 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
 
 /**
  * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
  *
  * TODO
  */
 
 /**
  * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
  * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
  *      conflicts)
  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
  *      should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
  *      set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
  *      alpha2.
  *
  * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
  * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
  * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
  * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
  * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
  * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
  *
  * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
  * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
  * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
  *
  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
  * an -ENOMEM.
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
  */
 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
 
 /**
  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
  * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
  *
  * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
  * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
  * information.
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
  */
 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                               struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
 
 /**
  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers
  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
  * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
  *
  * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and
  * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details
  * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
  */
 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                    struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
 
 /**
  * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
  * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
  *
  * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
  * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
  * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
  * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
  * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
  * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
  * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
  * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
  * that called this helper.
  */
 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                    const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
 
 /**
  * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
  * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
  * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
  *
  * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
  * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
  * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
  * and processed already.
  *
  * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
  * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
  * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
  * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
  * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
  * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
  * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
  */
 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                                u32 center_freq);
 
 /**
  * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
  * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
  *
  * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
  * proper string representation.
  *
  * Return: pointer to string representation of the initiator
  */
 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
 
 /**
  * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
  * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
  *
  * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
  *
  * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise
  */
 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 
 /**
  * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
  *
  */
 
 /**
  * reg_query_regdb_wmm -  Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
  * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
  *
  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
  * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried.
  * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
  *
  * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to  query
  * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
  * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
  *
  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
  * an -ENODATA.
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
  */
 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
                         struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
 
 /*
  * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
  * functions and BSS handling helpers
  */
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
  *
  * @request: the corresponding scan request
  * @info: information about the completed scan
  */
 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
                         struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
  *
  * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
  */
 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
  *
  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
  *
  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
  */
 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
  *
  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
  *
  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
  * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held.
  */
 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
  * @data: the BSS metadata
  * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
  * @len: length of the management frame
  * @gfp: context flags
  *
  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
  * the BSS should be updated/added.
  *
  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
  * Or %NULL on error.
  */
 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
                                struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
                                gfp_t gfp);
 
 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                           struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
                           struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
                           s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
 {
         struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
                 .chan = rx_channel,
                 .signal = signal,
         };
 
         return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
  * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
  * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
  * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
  * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
  */
 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
                                           u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
 {
         u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
         u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
         u64 new_bssid_u64;
 
         new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
 
         new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
 
         u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
  * @element: element to check
  * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
  *
  * Return: %true if should be inherited, %false otherwise
  */
 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
                                    const struct element *non_inherit_element);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
  * @ie: ies
  * @ielen: length of IEs
  * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
  * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
  * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
  * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
  *
  * Return: the number of bytes merged
  */
 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
                               const struct element *mbssid_elem,
                               const struct element *sub_elem,
                               u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
 
 /**
  * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
  *      from a beacon or probe response
  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON: data comes from an S1G beacon
  */
 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
         CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
         CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
         CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
         CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON,
 };
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies
  * @ie: IEs
  * @ielen: length of IEs
  * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel
  *
  * Return: the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined.
  */
 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
                                     enum nl80211_band band);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs
  * @a: first SSID
  * @b: second SSID
  *
  * Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise.
  */
 static inline bool
 cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b)
 {
         if (WARN_ON(!a || !b))
                 return false;
         if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len)
                 return false;
         return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true;
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
  *
  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
  * @data: the BSS metadata
  * @ftype: frame type (if known)
  * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
  * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
  * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
  * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
  * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
  * @gfp: context flags
  *
  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
  * the BSS should be updated/added.
  *
  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
  * Or %NULL on error.
  */
 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                          struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
                          enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
                          const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
                          u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
                          gfp_t gfp);
 
 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                     struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
                     enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
                     const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
                     u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
                     s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
 {
         struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
                 .chan = rx_channel,
                 .signal = signal,
         };
 
         return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
                                         capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
                                         gfp);
 }
 
 /**
  * __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
  * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
  * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
  * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
  * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
  * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
  * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
  * @use_for: indicates which use is intended
  *
  * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error.
  */
 struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                         struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
                                         const u8 *bssid,
                                         const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
                                         enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
                                         enum ieee80211_privacy privacy,
                                         u32 use_for);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
  * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
  * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
  * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
  * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
  * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
  * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
  *
  * This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL.
  *
  * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error.
  */
 static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
 cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
                  const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
                  enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
                  enum ieee80211_privacy privacy)
 {
         return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len,
                                   bss_type, privacy,
                                   NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL);
 }
 
 static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                   struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
                   const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
 {
         return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
                                 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
                                 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
  * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
  *
  * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
  */
 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
  * @bss: the BSS struct
  *
  * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
  */
 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @bss: the bss to remove
  *
  * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
  * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
  * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
  * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
  */
 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
  *
  * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
  * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
  * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
  *
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
  *     of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
  * @iter: the iterator function to call
  * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
  */
 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                        struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                        void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                     struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
                                     void *data),
                        void *iter_data);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
  * @dev: network device
  * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
  * @len: length of the frame data
  *
  * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
  * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
  * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
  * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
  * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
  * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
  *
  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
  */
 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
  * @dev: network device
  * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
  *
  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
  * mutex.
  */
 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data
  * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
  * @len: length of the frame data
  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
  *      as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
  * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
  * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
  * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO)
  * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for
  *      non-MLO connections
  * @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the
  *      pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp()
  * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that
  *      were rejected by the AP.
  */
 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data {
         const u8 *buf;
         size_t len;
         const u8 *req_ies;
         size_t req_ies_len;
         int uapsd_queues;
         const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
         struct {
                 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
                 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
                 u16 status;
         } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
 };
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
  * @dev: network device
  * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data
  *
  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
  *
  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
  */
 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
                             const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data);
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data
  * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL
  * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections
  *      (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL)
  * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise
  *      the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some
  *      other API (e.g. deauth RX)
  */
 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure {
         const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
         struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
         bool timeout;
 };
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure
  * @dev: network device
  * @data: data describing the association failure
  *
  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
  */
 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev,
                             struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
  * @dev: network device
  * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
  * @len: length of the frame data
  * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute)
  *
  * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
  * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
  * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
  * corresponding wdev's mutex.
  */
 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
                            bool reconnect);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
  * @dev: network device
  * @buf: received management frame (header + body)
  * @len: length of the frame data
  *
  * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
  * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
  * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon
  * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while
  * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
  *
  * This function may sleep.
  */
 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
                                   const u8 *buf, size_t len);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
  * @dev: network device
  * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
  * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
  * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
  * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
  * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
  * primitive.
  */
 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
                                   enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
                                   const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
  *
  * @dev: network device
  * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
  * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
  * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
  * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
  * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
  * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
  * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
  */
 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
                           struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer
  *                                      candidate
  *
  * @dev: network device
  * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
  * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
  * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
  * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
  * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
  * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
  */
 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
                 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
                 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * DOC: RFkill integration
  *
  * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
  * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
  * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
  * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are
  * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
  *
  * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
  * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
  * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
  */
 
 /**
  * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @blocked: block status
  * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons
  */
 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked,
                                       enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason);
 
 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked)
 {
         wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked,
                                          RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL);
 }
 
 /**
  * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  */
 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 
 /**
  * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  */
 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy)
 {
         rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill);
 }
 
 /**
  * DOC: Vendor commands
  *
  * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
  * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
  * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
  * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
  * the configuration mechanism.
  *
  * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
  * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an
  * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
  *
  * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
  * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
  * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
  * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
  * managers etc. need.
  */
 
 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                            enum nl80211_commands cmd,
                                            enum nl80211_attrs attr,
                                            int approxlen);
 
 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                            struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                            enum nl80211_commands cmd,
                                            enum nl80211_attrs attr,
                                            unsigned int portid,
                                            int vendor_event_idx,
                                            int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
 
 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
  *      be put into the skb
  *
  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
  * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
  * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
  *
  * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
  * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
  * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
  * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
  *
  * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
  * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
  *
  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
  */
 static inline struct sk_buff *
 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
 {
         return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
                                           NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
  *      cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
  *
  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
  * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
  * return the error code.  Note that this function consumes the
  * skb regardless of the return value.
  *
  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
  */
 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  *
  * Return: the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
  *
  * Context: May only be called from a vendor command handler
  */
 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @wdev: the wireless device
  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
  *      be put into the skb
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
  * vendor-specific multicast group.
  *
  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
  * attribute.
  *
  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
  * skb to send the event.
  *
  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
  */
 static inline struct sk_buff *
 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                              int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
 {
         return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
                                           NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
                                           0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @wdev: the wireless device
  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
  * @portid: port ID of the receiver
  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
  *      be put into the skb
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
  * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
  * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
  * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
  *
  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
  * attribute.
  *
  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
  * skb to send the event.
  *
  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
  */
 static inline struct sk_buff *
 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                   unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
                                   int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
 {
         return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
                                           NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
                                           portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
  * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
  */
 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
 {
         __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
 }
 
 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
 /**
  * DOC: Test mode
  *
  * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
  * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
  * factory programming.
  *
  * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more
  * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
  */
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
  *      be put into the skb
  *
  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
  * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
  * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
  *
  * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
  * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
  * must not modify the skb in any other way.
  *
  * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
  * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
  *
  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
  */
 static inline struct sk_buff *
 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
 {
         return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
                                           NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
  *      cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
  *
  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
  * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
  * the error code.  Note that this function consumes the skb
  * regardless of the return value.
  *
  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
  */
 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
 {
         return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
  *      be put into the skb
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
  * testmode multicast group.
  *
  * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
  * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
  * in any other way.
  *
  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
  * skb to send the event.
  *
  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
  */
 static inline struct sk_buff *
 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
 {
         return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
                                           NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
                                           approxlen, gfp);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
  *      cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
  * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
  * consumes it.
  */
 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
 {
         __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
 }
 
 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)      .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)     .testmode_dump = (cmd),
 #else
 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
 #endif
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
  * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
  * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
  * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
  *      @erp_next_seq_num is valid.
  * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
  *      FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
  *      status for a FILS connection.
  * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
  * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
  * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
  *      used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
  */
 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
         const u8 *kek;
         size_t kek_len;
         bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
         u16 erp_next_seq_num;
         const u8 *pmk;
         size_t pmk_len;
         const u8 *pmkid;
 };
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
  * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
  *      %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
  *      the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
  *      failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
  *      from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
  *      indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
  *      @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
  *      case.
  * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
  * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
  * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
  * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
  * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
  * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
  *      connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
  *      the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
  *      not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
  *      failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
  *      This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
  * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise
  *      zero.
  * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL.
  * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated
  *      using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the
  *      connected AP info.
  * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise
  *      %NULL.
  * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO
  *      connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL).
  * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected.
  *      For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA
  *      is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be
  *      %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and
  *      hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning
  *      if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers
  *      implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs
  *      to be specified.
  * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not
  *      %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the
  *      @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released)
  */
 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
         int status;
         const u8 *req_ie;
         size_t req_ie_len;
         const u8 *resp_ie;
         size_t resp_ie_len;
         struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
         enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
 
         const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
         u16 valid_links;
         struct {
                 const u8 *addr;
                 const u8 *bssid;
                 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
                 u16 status;
         } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
 };
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
  *
  * @dev: network device
  * @params: connection response parameters
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
  * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
  * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
  * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
  */
 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
                            struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
                            gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
  *
  * @dev: network device
  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
  * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
  *      cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
  *      bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
  *      through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
  *      connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
  *      Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
  *      %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
  *      the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
  *      failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
  *      from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
  *      indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
  *      @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
  *      case.
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
  *      connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
  *      the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
  *      not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
  *      failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
  *      This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
  *
  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
  * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
  * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
  */
 static inline void
 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
                      struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
                      size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
                      size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
                      enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
 {
         struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
 
         memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
         params.status = status;
         params.links[0].bssid = bssid;
         params.links[0].bss = bss;
         params.req_ie = req_ie;
         params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
         params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
         params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
         params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
 
         cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
  *
  * @dev: network device
  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
  *      %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
  *      the real status code for failures.
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
  * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
  * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
  */
 static inline void
 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
                         const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
                         const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
                         u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
 {
         cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
                              resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
                              NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
  *
  * @dev: network device
  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
  *
  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
  * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
  * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
  * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
  * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
  */
 static inline void
 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
                          const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
                          enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
 {
         cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
                              gfp, timeout_reason);
 }
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
  *
  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
  * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
  * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set.
  *      Otherwise zero.
  * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL.
  * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in
  *      @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info.
  * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL.
  * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO
  *      roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be
  *      %NULL if %links.bss is set.
  * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP.
  * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got
  *      roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to
  *      which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set)
  */
 struct cfg80211_roam_info {
         const u8 *req_ie;
         size_t req_ie_len;
         const u8 *resp_ie;
         size_t resp_ie_len;
         struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
 
         const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
         u16 valid_links;
         struct {
                 const u8 *addr;
                 const u8 *bssid;
                 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
                 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
         } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
 };
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
  *
  * @dev: network device
  * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
  * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
  * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
  * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
  * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
  * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
  * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
  * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
  * released while disconnecting from the current bss.
  */
 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
                      gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
  *
  * @dev: network device
  * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address
  *      in case of AP/P2P GO
  * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy
  * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
  * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
  * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
  * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
  * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
  * indicate the 802.11 association.
  * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports
  * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of
  * associated STA/GC.
  */
 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr,
                               const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
  *
  * @dev: network device
  * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
  * @ie_len: length of IEs
  * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
  * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
  * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
  */
 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
                            const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
                            bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
  * @wdev: wireless device
  * @cookie: the request cookie
  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
  * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
  *      channel
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  */
 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
                                struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
                                unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
  * @wdev: wireless device
  * @cookie: the request cookie
  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  */
 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
                                         struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
                                         gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
  * @wdev: wireless device
  * @cookie: the requested cookie
  * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  */
 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
                               struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
  *
  * @sinfo: the station information
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
  */
 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
  * @sinfo: the station information
  *
  * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
  * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
  * the stack.)
  */
 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
 {
         kfree(sinfo->pertid);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
  *
  * @dev: the netdev
  * @mac_addr: the station's address
  * @sinfo: the station information
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  */
 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
                       struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
  * @dev: the netdev
  * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used.
  * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  */
 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
                             struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
  *
  * @dev: the netdev
  * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used.
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  */
 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
                                     const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
 {
         cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
  *
  * @dev: the netdev
  * @mac_addr: the station's address
  * @reason: the reason for connection failure
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
  * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
  * for some reasons, this function is called.
  *
  * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
  * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
  */
 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
                           enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
                           gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info
  *
  * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz
  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
  * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of
  *      an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid
  * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received  on
  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
  * @len: length of the frame data
  * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
  * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds
  * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds
  */
 struct cfg80211_rx_info {
         int freq;
         int sig_dbm;
         bool have_link_id;
         u8 link_id;
         const u8 *buf;
         size_t len;
         u32 flags;
         u64 rx_tstamp;
         u64 ack_tstamp;
 };
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info
  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
  * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info
  *
  * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
  * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
  *
  * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
  * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
  * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
  * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
  */
 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                           struct cfg80211_rx_info *info);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
  * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz
  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
  * @len: length of the frame data
  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
  *
  * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
  * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
  *
  * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
  * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
  * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
  * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
  */
 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq,
                                         int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
                                         u32 flags)
 {
         struct cfg80211_rx_info info = {
                 .freq = freq,
                 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm,
                 .buf = buf,
                 .len = len,
                 .flags = flags
         };
 
         return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
  * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
  * @len: length of the frame data
  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
  *
  * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
  * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
  *
  * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
  * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
  * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
  * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
  */
 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq,
                                     int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
                                     u32 flags)
 {
         struct cfg80211_rx_info info = {
                 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq),
                 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm,
                 .buf = buf,
                 .len = len,
                 .flags = flags
         };
 
         return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info);
 }
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information
  *
  * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
  * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds
  * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds
  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
  * @len: length of the frame data
  * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
  */
 struct cfg80211_tx_status {
         u64 cookie;
         u64 tx_tstamp;
         u64 ack_tstamp;
         const u8 *buf;
         size_t len;
         bool ack;
 };
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info
  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
  * @status: TX status data
  * @gfp: context flags
  *
  * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
  * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
  * transmission attempt with extended info.
  */
 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                  struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
  * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
  * @len: length of the frame data
  * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
  * @gfp: context flags
  *
  * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
  * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
  * transmission attempt.
  */
 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                            u64 cookie, const u8 *buf,
                                            size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp)
 {
         struct cfg80211_tx_status status = {
                 .cookie = cookie,
                 .buf = buf,
                 .len = len,
                 .ack = ack
         };
 
         cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control
  *                                   port frames
  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
  * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port()
  * @buf: Data frame (header + body)
  * @len: length of the frame data
  * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
  * @gfp: context flags
  *
  * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be
  * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of
  * the transmission attempt.
  */
 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
                                      const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack,
                                      gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
  * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame.  It is assumed that the skbuf
  *      is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header).  The skb can be non-linear.
  *      This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
  *      responsible for any cleanup.  The caller must also ensure that
  *      skb->protocol is set appropriately.
  * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
  * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown
  *
  * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
  * frame.  It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
  * control port frames over nl80211.
  *
  * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
  * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
  *
  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
  */
 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb,
                               bool unencrypted, int link_id);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
  * @dev: network device
  * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
  * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
  * @gfp: context flags
  *
  * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
  * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
  */
 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
                               enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
                               s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
  * @dev: network device
  * @peer: peer's MAC address
  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
  *      but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
  *      threshold (to account for temporary interference)
  * @gfp: context flags
  */
 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
                                  const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
  * @dev: network device
  * @peer: peer's MAC address
  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
  * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
  * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
  * @gfp: context flags
  *
  * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
  * given interval is exceeded.
  */
 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
                              u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
  * @dev: network device
  * @gfp: context flags
  *
  * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
  */
 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
  * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain
  * @gfp: context flags
  *
  * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
  */
 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                             struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                             bool offchan, gfp_t gfp);
 
 static inline void
 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                      struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                      gfp_t gfp)
 {
         __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp);
 }
 
 static inline void
 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                                 gfp_t gfp)
 {
         __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
  * @dev: network device
  * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
  * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
  * @gfp: context flags
  *
  * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
  * frame.
  */
 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
                                        struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
                                        gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
  * @netdev: network device
  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
  * @event: type of event
  * @gfp: context flags
  *
  * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
  * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
  * also by full-MAC drivers.
  */
 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
                         const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                         enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  *
  * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check
  * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain.
  */
 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
  * @dev: network device
  * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
  * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  */
 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
                                const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
  * @dev: network device
  * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
  * @bssid: BSSID of AP
  * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  */
 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
                                      const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
  * @addr: the transmitter address
  * @gfp: context flags
  *
  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
  * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
  * sender.
  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
  */
 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
                                 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
  * @addr: the transmitter address
  * @gfp: context flags
  *
  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
  * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
  * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
  * station to avoid event flooding.
  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
  */
 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
                                         const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
  * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
  * @addr: the address of the peer
  * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
  * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
  * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  */
 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
                            u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
                            bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs
  * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
  * @frame: the frame
  * @len: length of the frame
  * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz
  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
  *
  * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
  * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
  * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
  */
 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame,
                                      size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
  * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
  * @frame: the frame
  * @len: length of the frame
  * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
  *
  * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
  * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
  * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
  */
 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                                const u8 *frame, size_t len,
                                                int freq, int sig_dbm)
 {
         cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq),
                                         sig_dbm);
 }
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config - beacon check configuration
  * @iftype: the interface type to check for
  * @relax: allow IR-relaxation conditions to apply (e.g. another
  *      interface connected already on the same channel)
  *      NOTE: If this is set, wiphy mutex must be held.
  * @reg_power: &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power value indicating the
  *      advertised/used 6 GHz regulatory power setting
  */
 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config {
         enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
         enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power reg_power;
         bool relax;
 };
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing - check if beaconing is allowed
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @chandef: the channel definition
  * @cfg: additional parameters for the checking
  *
  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
  */
 bool cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                                   struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config *cfg);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @chandef: the channel definition
  * @iftype: interface type
  *
  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
  */
 static inline bool
 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                         struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                         enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
 {
         struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = {
                 .iftype = iftype,
         };
 
         return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @chandef: the channel definition
  * @iftype: interface type
  *
  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
  * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
  * more permissive conditions.
  *
  * Context: Requires the wiphy mutex to be held.
  */
 static inline bool
 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                               struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                               enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
 {
         struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = {
                 .iftype = iftype,
                 .relax = true,
         };
 
         return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
  * @dev: the device which switched channels
  * @chandef: the new channel definition
  * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO
  *
  * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable
  * driver context!
  */
 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
                                struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                                unsigned int link_id);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
  * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
  * @chandef: the future channel definition
  * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO
  * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
  * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP
  *
  * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
  * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
  * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
  */
 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
                                        struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                                        unsigned int link_id, u8 count,
                                        bool quiet);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
  *
  * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
  * @band: band pointer to fill
  *
  * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
  */
 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
                                        enum nl80211_band *band);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef - convert operating class to chandef
  *
  * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
  * @chan: the ieee80211_channel to convert
  * @chandef: a pointer to the resulting chandef
  *
  * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
  */
 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef(u8 operating_class,
                                           struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
                                           struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
  *
  * @chandef: the chandef to convert
  * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
  *
  * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
  */
 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
                                           u8 *op_class);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz
  *
  * @chandef: the chandef to convert
  *
  * Return: the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz.
  */
 static inline u32
 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
 {
         return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset;
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
  * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
  * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
  * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
  *      NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
  * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
  * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
  * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
  * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
  * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
  */
 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
                                 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
                                 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
  * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
  *
  * Return: calculated bitrate
  */
 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
  * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
  *
  * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary
  * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device
  * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called
  * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device
  * is unbound from the driver.
  *
  * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
  */
 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev
  * @dev: the netdev to register
  *
  * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
  * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is
  * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable
  * instead as well.
  *
  * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
  */
 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev
  * @dev: the netdev to register
  *
  * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
  * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL
  * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are
  * usable instead as well.
  *
  * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
  */
 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev)
 {
 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
         cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr);
 #endif
 }
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements
  * @ies: FT IEs
  * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
  * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
  * @ric_ies: RIC IE
  * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
  */
 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
         const u8 *ies;
         size_t ies_len;
         const u8 *target_ap;
         const u8 *ric_ies;
         size_t ric_ies_len;
 };
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
  * @netdev: network device
  * @ft_event: IE information
  */
 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
                        struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
  * @ies: the input IE buffer
  * @len: the input length
  * @attr: the attribute ID to find
  * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
  *      if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
  * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
  *
  * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
  * copies its contents to the given buffer.
  *
  * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
  * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
  * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
  */
 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
                           enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
                           u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
  * @ies: the IE buffer
  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
  *      the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
  *      EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
  * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
  * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
  *
  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
  * split.
  *
  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
  *
  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
  *
  * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which
  * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be
  * used.
  */
 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
                               const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
                               const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
                               size_t offset);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
  * @ies: the IE buffer
  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
  *      the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
  *      EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
  *
  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
  * split.
  *
  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
  *
  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
  *
  * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which
  * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be
  * used.
  */
 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
                                         const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
 {
         return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
 }
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb
  * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to
  * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment
  * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments
  *
  * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation
  * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size
  * accordingly.
  */
 void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
  * @wakeup: the wakeup report
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
  * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
  * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
  * else caused the wakeup.
  */
 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                    struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
                                    gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
  *
  * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
  * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
  * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
  */
 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  *
  * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
  */
 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
  *
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
  *
  * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
  * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
  * the interface combinations.
  *
  * Return: 0 if combinations are allowed. Non-zero on error.
  */
 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                 struct iface_combination_params *params);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
  *
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
  * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
  * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
  *
  * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
  * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
  * purposes.
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
  */
 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                struct iface_combination_params *params,
                                void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
                                             void *data),
                                void *data);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
  *
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @wdev: wireless device
  * @gfp: context flags
  *
  * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
  * disconnected.
  *
  * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
  */
 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                          gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
  *
  * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
  * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
  * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
  * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
  *
  * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
  * the driver while the function is running.
  */
 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 
 /**
  * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
  *
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
  *
  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
  */
 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                          enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
 {
         u8 *ft_byte;
 
         ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
         *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
 }
 
 /**
  * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
  *
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
  *
  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
  *
  * Return: %true if extended feature flag is set, %false otherwise
  */
 static inline bool
 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                         enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
 {
         u8 ft_byte;
 
         ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
         return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
  * @f: NAN function that should be freed
  *
  * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
  */
 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
 
 /**
  * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
  * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
  *       %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
  *       If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
  *       result.
  *       If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
  * @inst_id: the local instance id
  * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
  * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
  * @info_len: the length of the &info
  * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
  * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
  */
 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
         enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
         u8 inst_id;
         u8 peer_inst_id;
         const u8 *addr;
         u8 info_len;
         const u8 *info;
         u64 cookie;
 };
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
  * @match: match notification parameters
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
  * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
  * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
  */
 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                         struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
  *
  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
  * @inst_id: the local instance id
  * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
  */
 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                                   u8 inst_id,
                                   enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
                                   u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
 
 /* ethtool helper */
 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
  * @netdev: network device
  * @params: External authentication parameters
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
  */
 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
                                    struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
                                    gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
  * @req: the original measurement request
  * @result: the result data
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  */
 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                           struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
                           struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
                           gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
  * @req: the original measurement request
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
  * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
  */
 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
                             struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
                             gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  * @iftype: interface type
  * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '' when check_swif is '1'
  * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
  *
  * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
  * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
  * check_swif is '1'.
  *
  * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise
  */
 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
                              bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
 
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was
  * temporarily rejected with a comeback
  * @netdev: network device
  * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association
  * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs.
  *
  * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
  */
 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev,
                              const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout);
 
 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
 
 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
 
 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...)             \
         dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...)                     \
         dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...)                     \
         dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
         dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...)                       \
         dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
         dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...)                    \
         dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
         dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...)                 \
         dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
 
 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)           \
         dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)          \
         dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
 
 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...)                     \
         wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
 
 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...)                       \
         dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
 
 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
 #define wiphy_vdbg      wiphy_dbg
 #else
 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...)                              \
 ({                                                                      \
         if (0)                                                          \
                 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args);        \
         0;                                                              \
 })
 #endif
 
 /*
  * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
  * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
  * file/line information and a backtrace.
  */
 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...)                      \
         WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
  * @netdev: network device
  * @owe_info: peer's owe info
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  */
 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
                                     struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
                                     gfp_t gfp);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries
  * @wiphy: the wiphy
  */
 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event
  * @dev: network device
  * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify
  * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
  * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
  * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO.
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
  */
 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev,
                               enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count,
                               u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision
  * @dev: network device
  * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
  * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO.
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
  */
 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev,
                                                        u64 color_bitmap,
                                                        u8 link_id)
 {
         return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
                                          0, color_bitmap, link_id);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start
  * @dev: the device on which the color is switched
  * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
  * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO.
  *
  * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started.
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
  */
 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
                                                        u8 count, u8 link_id)
 {
         return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
                                          count, 0, link_id);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort
  * @dev: the device on which the color is switched
  * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO.
  *
  * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted.
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
  */
 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev,
                                                        u8 link_id)
 {
         return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
                                          0, 0, link_id);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion
  * @dev: the device on which the color was switched
  * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO.
  *
  * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed.
  *
  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
  */
 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev,
                                                u8 link_id)
 {
         return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev,
                                          NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
                                          0, 0, link_id);
 }
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links.
  * @dev: network device.
  * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs.
  *
  * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to
  * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link
  * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this
  * case disconnect instead.
  * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held.
  */
 void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask);
 
 /**
  * cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed
  * @wdev: the wireless device to check
  *
  * In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory
  * channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not
  * hold anymore.
  */
 void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
 
 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS
 /**
  * wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to use
  * @file: the file being read
  * @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from
  * @bufsize: size of the buffer
  * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to
  * @count: read count
  * @ppos: read position
  * @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock)
  * @data: additional data to pass to the read handler
  *
  * Return: the number of characters read, or a negative errno
  */
 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file,
                                   char *buf, size_t bufsize,
                                   char __user *userbuf, size_t count,
                                   loff_t *ppos,
                                   ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                                      struct file *file,
                                                      char *buf,
                                                      size_t bufsize,
                                                      void *data),
                                   void *data);
 
 /**
  * wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs
  * @wiphy: the wiphy to use
  * @file: the file being written to
  * @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to
  * @bufsize: size of the buffer
  * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from
  * @count: read count
  * @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock)
  * @data: additional data to pass to the write handler
  *
  * Return: the number of characters written, or a negative errno
  */
 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file,
                                    char *buf, size_t bufsize,
                                    const char __user *userbuf, size_t count,
                                    ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
                                                       struct file *file,
                                                       char *buf,
                                                       size_t count,
                                                       void *data),
                                    void *data);
 #endif
 
 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */